Industrial instrument catalog

Industrial instrument catalog
KEP Industrial Instruments
INDEX
New Products
PAGE 3
COUNTERS
KE610 E660 / E760 PAGE
4
6
K0 Series 8
W15 10
B Series 12
MK 16-18 Series 14
KAL-D06
16
K192 18
130K - 133K 19
MICRO-KAL 21
MINI-KAL
22
CTR52U
24
CTR54U
26
K Series
27
MC SERIES
29
CTR-544
31
520K Series (520K-530K) 33
See what's new at KEP.
DESCRIPTION
Super low cost 6 digit counter for gaming, vending and general totalizing applications
Small, 6 or 7 digit counter with panel or base mounting. Ideal for gaming and vending
machine applications
Small, PC board mount, panel mount or base mount, very low cost, 4-7 digit counter
Our lowest power consumption 5 digit counter with reset capability
Standard 25x50mm dia. cutout, high speed, 6-8 digit counter
Highest performance electromechanical counter, 6-8 digits
Self-powered totalizing (lithium battery), 8 digits, LCD
LCD Counter Module for PCB Mount
Battery Powered Counters with LCD Display
Miniature, self-powered counter, low cost, 4 digits, LCD
PC board mount, low cost, LCD
LED, 1/32 DIN, pulse input, Counter/Timer/Ratemeter with scaling.
LED, 1/8 DIN, pulse input, Counter/Timer/Ratemeter with scaling.
DC powered, 25x50mm cut-out, battery backed, LED
10 kHz totalizer, 1/8" din cutout, LED
LED, Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
Pulse Counters, Position Displays, Rate Meters, Time Meters & Combination Units
PRESET COUNTERS
BVA
CTF5
CTF16/17
KP8 (Keptrol)
PM2 (Positrol)
ST (SHIFT-trol)
KATSP (KALtrol-SP)
903K & 904K
PAGE
36
38
40
42
45
47
49
51
DESCRIPTION
Electromechanical preset counter, 5 digits
5 Digit, Preset Counter/Timer/Frequency meter with scaling, LED
6 Digit, Preset Counter/Timer/Frequency meter with scaling, LED
High speed versatile counter, LED
Dual input, scalable position monitor, LED
Pulse input, scalable shift monitor, LED
Self powered preset counter, replaces electro-mech. units, LCD
Preset Counter/Timer/Frequency Meter, 2-line LCD
Counters/Ratemeters
KAL-D06 R/T
TR-545
MINITROL (MRT)
DRT
PAGE
53
54
56
59
DESCRIPTION
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD, Totalizer & Ratemeter
LED, Totalizer and Ratemeter
Preset Counter/Ratemeter with scaling, 2 pulse inputs, 2 relay outputs and LED display
Two Separate Ratemeters/Totalizers with Combination Function, 2 pulse inputs, 2 relay
outputs and LED display
Two Separate Ratemeters/Totalizers with Two Line LCD Display
Preset Counter/Ratemeter with scaling, analog input, 2 relay outputs and LED display
Process Monitor and Totalizer with analog input, 2 relay outputs and LED display
RTP
INTELLECT-69 (INT69)
PMT-555
61
63
65
TIMERS
PAGE
HR76
67
HK17 Series
68
HK07 Series
70
H57
72
HC77
73
HC67
74
M Series
75
HB26 Series
76
H37 Series
78
KAL-DTIME 79
134K - 135K 81
K198 83
523K, 524K, 527K, 528K 33 CTR-544
31
DESCRIPTION
6 digits, hours and 1/10ths, AC or DC
7 digits, hours and 1/100ths, low cost, fits into Hobbs cutout, AC or DC
7 digits, hours, tenths and 1/100ths, shock resistant, PCB or panel mount, low cost,
DC voltages
7 digits, hours and 1/100ths, AC or DC
7 digits, combination hour meter & totalizer
7 digits, combination hour meter & totalizer
Multi-resolution, AC or DC
AC or DC, 6 digit Hour Meter with reset
AC or DC, shallow depth, 7 digit, replaces HB17
Self-powered, AC or DC input, multi-resolution timer, 8 digit LCD
Self-powered, multi-resolution timer with LCD display
LCD Timer Module for PCB Mount
Time Meters (See 520K Series)
LED, Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 1
KEP Industrial Instruments
INDEX
(continued)
PRESET TIMERS
HVA
DT20
TR910
INT62A CTF5
PAGE
84
86
88
90
38
DESCRIPTION
Electro-mechanical, single preset, AC or DC timer.
24/12 hour (AM/PM) day timer with 20 programmable presets
Programmable Time Relay with LCD Display
Single preset, LED display
5 Digit, Preset Counter/Timer/Frequency meter with scaling, LED
DIGITAL PANEL METERS
529K/530K
531
532
533
TP554 Series
BEACON Series
PAGE
33
92
93
94
96
97
DESCRIPTION
Analog Input DPM (See 520K Series)
Miniature Temperature Monitor for Pt100 and Ni100 RTD's
Miniature Temperature Monitor for J, K & N Thermocouples
Setpoint Generator/ Time Based Process Adjuster
Temperature/Process Monitor with or without Alarms
Low cost, 31/2 digit, LED, current or voltage panel meters
INPUT MODULES
PAGE
HVM
99
DESCRIPTION
High Voltage Module allows products with low DC (3-30V) inputs to
accept 5-240 VAC/DC input signals.
RATE INDICATORS
KAL-D06 R/T
136K
PROTROL (PRA)
MINITROL (MR)
MINITROL (MR2)
DRT
DESCRIPTION
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD, Totalizer & Ratemeter
Battery powered ratemeter with LCD display
Rate indicator with 2 Rates, net rate, ratio, or draw
Rate indicator with LED display
Scalable rate indicator with 2 relay outputs and LED display
Two Separate Ratemeters/Totalizers with Combination Function, 2 pulse inputs, 2 relay
outputs and LED display
Rate indicator with analog input, 2 relay outputs and LED display
Process Monitor and Totalizer with analog input, 2 relay outputs and LED display
Rate meters (See 520K Series)
PAGE
100
101
102
56
56
59
INTELLECT 69 (INT69R) 63
PMT-555
65
522K, 524K, 525K
33
ENCODERS
5800 Series 9000 Series 200 Series 700 Series Encoder Accessories
PAGE
104
106
108
110
113
DESCRIPTION
Precision, small, round incremental shaft encoder
Precision, shock resistant, round incremental shaft encoder
Hollow shaft incremental encoder
Cubed incremental shaft encoder, many styles available
Measuring Wheels and Encoder Mounting Brackets
SENSORS
Magnetic Switches
D Series Sensors
PD Series Sensors
PAGE
114
117
119
DESCRIPTION
Magnet actuated switches available in many different styles
Inductive proximity sensors, NPN or PNP outputs
Photo-Electric Sensors, many styles available
ACCESSORIES & REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS
Replacement Products 123
Spare Parts/Accessories124
N7 Housing
125
Explosion Proof Housing for Various Counters & Timers
N12 Housing
126
NEMA 12 Housing for Various Counters & Timers
E200 Housing
127
Plastic Outdoor Housing for 1/32 DIN Size Units
NEMAtrol
128
NEMA 4 Enclosures for Various Counters & Timers
Installation Considerations
129
Page 2 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Installation Of Electronic Instruments In Industrial Environments
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
New Products
130K Series
Miniature Counters, Timers & Ratemeters
130K/131K/132K/133K - Totalizers
134K/135K/ - Time Meters
136K - Ratemeter/Tachometer
Standard 1/32 DIN Case
531 and 532
See Pages 19, 80, 100 for Details
Temperature Displays
531 - Temp. Display for Pt100 and Ni100 RTD’s
532 - Temp. Display for J, K & N Thermocouples
Standard 1/32 DIN Case
See Pages 92, 93 for Details
CTR-544 & TR-545
Counter, Timer, Ratemeter
CTR544 - Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
TR545 - Totalizer and Ratemeter
Standard 1/8 DIN Case
PMT-555
See Pages 31, 54 for Details
Process Monitor and Totalizer
from Analog Inputs
Standard 1/8 DIN Case
TR-910
See Page 65 for Details
Programmable Time Relay
with LCD Display
Standard 1/16 DIN Case
See Page 88 for Details
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 3
Counters
KE 610
6 Digit Counter, Non Reset
Features
• Low Cost, Large Quantity Discounts
• Patented High Performance Mechanism
• UL & CSA Approved (KE610)
• Rugged Plastic Package
• Many Voltage Ranges Available
• Long Life
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
The compact design and various mounting styles of the
KE610 make it the ideal counter for almost all counting
applications. This electro-mechanical counter will not lose
its count during power failures or from electrical noise. The
KE610 is used in:
• MAIL EQUIPMENT
• PHOTO MACHINES
• VENDING MACHINES
• GAMING MACHINES
• ELEVATORS
• COPY MACHINES
• TICKET MACHINES
Description:
The KE610 Series incorporates the latest manufacturing
technology together with a patented basic design to achieve
high performance over a wide temperature range with low
power consumption. These counters can be mounted by 2
front flange styles, base flange, behind the panel (front mount),
or rear screws. The KE610 has UL/CSA approvals and can
operate over a wide voltage range of DC or AC power.
Page 4 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Specifications:
Digits: 6
Digit Size: 0.160" white on black. Colors available.
Special 0-5-0-5 available.
Operating Voltage ±10%:
DC: 4.5, 6, 12, 24, 48, 115 (2W)
AC: 24, 48, 120, 230 (5VA)
Reset: None
Count Speed: 10 CPS, standard. 50/50 ratio on/off.
Max. On Time: Infinite
Temperature: Storage: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to +50°C).
Operating: 23°F to 104°F (-5°C to +40°C).
Approvals: UL# E60420, CSA# LR 91109-4
Termination: UL/CSA wire leads, 10" long, standard.
Specials: Many specials available. Consult factory.
Weight: 4 oz. (113 g.)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
FL & F3 Flange Mount
2.230
(56.6)
.768
(19.5)
Dotted Line Indicates F3 Flange
1.811
(46)
1.40
(35.6)
.768
(19.5)
.906
(23)
.906
(23)
1.811
(46)
R Rear Mount
.087
(2.2)
.63
(16)
123456
1.102
(28)
.439
(11.2)
123456
1.03
(26.2)
1.03
(26.2)
.625
(15.9)
B Base Mount
2.230
(56.6)
2.160
(54.9)
.850
(16.5)
.625
(15.9)
2 HOLES TAPPED
4-40 MAX DEPTH .125
FB Front & Base Mount
2.224
(56.5)
1.968 1.752 1.3
(50) (44.5) (33)
2.252
(57.2)
123456
2.224
(56.5)
123456
.984
(25)
2 HOLES TAPPED
4-40 MAX DEPTH .125
1.417
(36)
.200
(5.1)
1.968 1.752 1.3
(50) (44.5) (33)
.650
(16.5)
.200
(5.1)
.126
(3.2)
4-40 MAX. DEPTH .187
.043
(1.05)
2.160
(54.9)
.138
(3.5)
F Front Mount
1.34
(34)
1.00
(25.4)
1.34
(34)
Counters
1.535
(39)
2.252
(57.2)
2.370
(60.2)
.984
(25)
2.370
(60.2)
1.125
(28.6)
1.496
(38)
.047
(1.2)
.047
(1.2)
1.125
(28.6)
1.496
(38)
How To Order
EXAMPLE: KE 610
Series
KE610 = 6 Digit
A
FB
10
DC 12
Special Features
(Omit if no special feature desired)
A = Add Diode Suppression (DC only)
.01 = Coin, 2 wheels red on black
.05 = Coin, 2 wheels red on black
(steps 05, 10, 15 ...)
Mounting
FL = Flange Mount 1.535" x 1.811"
F3 = Flange Mount 1.811" x 1.811"
F = Front
FB= Front & Base
R = Rear Mount
B = Base Mount
Count Speed
10 = 10 CPS (Standard)
Operating Voltage
AC
DC
Voltage Level
DC: 4.5, 6, 12, 24, 48, 110
AC: 24, 48, 120, 240
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 5
Counters
E660, E760
Features
• Low Cost, Large Quantity Discounts
• Rugged ABS Case
• Many Voltage Ranges Available
• Long Life
• Compact Size
Description:
The E series incorporates the latest manufacturing technology together with a basic design to achieve high performance over a wide temperature range with very low power
consumption. These counters can be mounted by snap-in
front flange or rear screw mount.
Applications:
The compact design and competitive pricing of the E660
and E760 make them the ideal counters for almost all
counting applications. These electro-mechanical counters will not lose their count during power failures, or
from electrical noise. The E660 and E760 are used in:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mail equipment
Photo machines
Vending machines
Gaming machines
Elevators
Copiers and printers
Ticket machines
Laundry machines
Specifications:
Operating Voltage:(+/-10%)
DC: 5,12,24 (1.2W)
Display: Six or seven digit, .110" (2.8mm) high. White on
black.
Count speed: 10 CPS standard. 15 and 25 CPS optional.
50/50 ratio on/off.
Max. On time: Infinite.
Reset: None.
Termination: UL/CSA wire leads, 13.78"(350mm).
Operating temperature: 23° F to 104°F (-5°C to +40°C).
Storage temperature: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to +50°C).
Weight: 1 oz. (28.35 grams).
Specials: Many specials available. Consult factory.
Page 6 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
6 or 7 Digit Counter, Non Reset
RoHS
2002/95/EC
How To Order:
EXAMPLE:
E660
A
Series
E660 = 6 Digit Counter
E760 = 7 Digit Counter
P
10
DC
12
Special Order Features
_ = Blank if standard
A = Diode across Coil
M = M3 Threads
Mounting
P = Panel Mount
R = Rear Mount (4-40)
F = Front Mount (4-40)
FI = Front Mount (4-40) with inserts
RT = Rear Mount (4-40) with
Terminal Pins for PCB Mount
B = Base Mount
K = Rear Mount with 4-40 screw
between Terminal Pins
Count Speed
10 = 10 CPS (standard)
15 = 15 CPS (optional)
25 = 25 CPS (optional)
Operating Voltage
DC
Voltage Level
DC: 5, 12, 24
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Dimensions
Panel Mount
.047
(1.2)
Panel Cutout
.393
(10)
.500
(12.7)
0.71 (18)
1.07 (27.1)
1.18 (30)
1.63
(41.5)
A
0.95~0.97 (24.2~24.6)
0.97~0.98 (24.3~24.7)
A
0.08 (2)
1.2 (30.5)
Rear Mount
0.42
(10.6)
0.71 (18)
1.18 (30)
4-40 UNC
.20 DEEP (5)
(M3 optional)
1.377
(35.0)
1.63
(41.5)
CASE SLOTTED
FOR SIDE
EXIT OF WIRE
.047
(1.2)
.500
(12.7)
0.14 (3.5) DIA.
0.79 (20)
.393
(10)
1.377 (35.0)
Front Mount
1.00 (25.4)
4-40 UNC
0.20 DEEP (5)
(M3 optional)
999800
0.438
0.911
(11.15) (23.15)
.236 DIA.
(6.0)
.708
(18.0)
1.236 (31.4)
.196
(5)
1.63
(41.5)
0.364
(9.3)
.047
(1.2)
0.893 (22.7)
1.18(30)
Base Mount
1.377 (35.0)
1.18 (30)
1.163 (29.5)
0.376
(9.55)
0.068
(1.73)
0.708
(18)
1.775 (45)
1.46 (37)
1.045 (26.5)
0.523 (13.3)
0.708
(18)
1.63 (41.5)
0.154 (3.9) Dia. (2 places)
Pin Terminal T ype
1.18
(30)
.708
(18.0)
.393
(10)
.500
(12.7)
0.270
(6.9)
999800
4-40 UNC
.20 DEEP (5)
(M3 optional)
.196
(5)
.893
(22.7)
0.42
(10.6)
K Option 4-40 UNC
.20 DEEP (5)
(M3 optional)
PIN TERMINAL
.026 (0.65) SQUARE
1.63
(41.5)
.047
(1.2)
0.79 (20)
.393
(10)
PIN. TERMINAL
0.026 (0.65) SQUARE
0.036 (0.92) DIAGONAL
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 .047
(1.2)
.50
(12.7)
.314”
(8)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 7
Counters
Panel Thickness
0.04~0.06 (1.0~1.4)
0.06~0.08 (1.4~2.0)
1.32 (33.4)
Counters
K0 Series
Features
• UL Approved, CE Certified
• Super Small
• Low Power Consumption
• 4, 5 or 7 Digits
• 3 Mounting Styles
• Extended Temperature Option
(-30° C to + 85° C)
• Long Life
Electro-Mechanical Totalizers
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
•
•
•
•
Dispensing Equipment
Medical Equipment
Copy Machines
Gaming Machines
Description:
The K0 Series is a tiny 4, 5 or 7 digit totalizer. The armature
system and novel anti-shock and vibration driving system
provide a high degree of counting accuracy at a very low
power consumption (250mW STD.; 30mW OPT.). Wear resistant materials provide a long maintenance free life, even at
extreme temperatures. Versions supplied with a metal case
provide electro-magnetic tamper-proof.
Specifications:
Digits: 4, 5 or 7 - 0.158" high, white on black.
Weight: 0.60 oz. (17g)
Reset: None
Terminations: Wire leads or PC board mount with silverplated pins or optional .02" x .11" tabs.
Approvals: UL# E43429, CE Approved
Temperature: +14°F to +140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Count Speed:
STD: DC 25CPS; (250mW)
MIN. on/off 20mSec
OPT: DC 10CPS; (30mW)
MIN. on/off 50mSec
NOTE: Power of 30mW must be maintained even
on increase of temperature.
How To Order:
EXAMPLE: K0 7
.20
.35
12VDC
Series
K0 (basic series)
AK0 (base mount)
Digits
4 = 4 digits
5 = 5 digits
7 = 7 digits
Style
.00 (AK0 only) = plastic case, display on narrow side, wire
leads, base mount, magnifying lens
.20 =plastic case, display on narrow side, wire leads, flush
mount (snap in), magnifying lens
.40 =sheet steel case, display on broad side, solder pins,
PCB mount, magnifying lens
.50 =sheet steel case, display on narrow side, solder pins,
PCB mount, magnifying lens
.60 =sheet steel case, display on broad side, solder pins,
PCB mount, flat lens
.70 =sheet steel case, display on narrow side, solder pins,
PCB mount, flat lens
.80 =plastic case, display on narrow side, solder pins, PCB
mount, magnifying lens
.90 =plastic case, display on broad side, solder pins, PCB
mount (wash proof), magnifying lens
.92 =plastic case, display on narrow side, solder pins, PCB
mount (wash proof), magnifying lens
Options
.35 =flat pins with .02" x .11" push on connectors
(.20 Mount Style Only)
Voltage
3, 5, 12, 24 VDC ± 10%
24, 110, 220 VAC ± 10%
(Other voltages available, Consult factory)
Special Options (add to end of part number)
0 = Low power DC versions (30mW), 10CPS
ET= Extended Temperature -30°C to +85°C
AC: 10CPS (.8VA);
MIN. on/off 50mSec
Page 8 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Counters
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 9
Counters
W15 Series
Low Cost, Reset Totalizer
Features
• Super Low Power
• 5 Digits
• 3 Mounting Styles
• 2 Termination Types
• Resettable
• Optional Extended Temperatures
• Low Cost
W15.21
W15.01
AW15.01
Applications:
W15 Series counters are well suited for battery operated
traffic counters, vending machines, message accounting
systems, and general event counting where a reset is
required.
Description:
The W15 Series 5 digit counters combine low 60mW power
and reset capability in a small housing just .790" high and
1.22" wide. The proven armature phase system combined
with an anti-shock/vibration driving system provides a high
degree of counting accuracy. Wear-resistant plastic insures
a high rate of maintenance free service life.
Specifications:
Digits: Five 0.067" white on black.
Weight: 1.8 oz.
Operating Voltages:
3, 4, 6, 9, 12 VDC filtered ± 5%
4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 110, 185 VDC
unfiltered ± 10%.
12, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC.
Reset: Manual, front push-button
Count Speed: 10 cps standard; 8 cps (low power-filtered)
Max. on Time: continuous
Temperature: +14°F to +122°F(-10°C to +50°C) standard.
-22°F to +158°F (-30°C to +70 °C) optional.
Termination: Wire leads 6" long or silver-plated pins 0.060"
dia.
Color of Housing: Black
Approvals: CE Approved
Max.
Pulse
Pulse
Voltage
Model
Pulse Duration Interval
SpeedMin.Min.
VDC
Filtered
8
50 mS
75 mS
Power
Consump.
Approx.
60 mW
VDC
Non-filtered
10
50 mS
50 mS
0.5W (≤110V)
1W (185V)
VAC
10
50 mS
50 mS
0.75 VA (≤110V)
1.5 VA (220V)
Page 10 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
W15.01
.79
(20)
00000
6
(150)
2.23
(56.6)
.24
(6)
M4
.2 (5)
.31
(8)
.04
(1)
W15.21
.91
(23)
00000
1.34
(34)
6
(150)
1.22
(31)
1.57
(40)
1.97
(50)
.56
(14.2)
2.13
(54.1)
.1
(2.5)
.04
(1)
AW15.01
00000
Counters
1.22
(31)
.79
(20)
.138
.24
(6)
.12
(3)
PANEL
CUTOUT
.79 + .02
(20 + .5)
1.22 + .02
(31 + .5)
2.34
(59.5)
(3.5)
.24
(6)
How To Order:
EXAMPLE: W15.01 .3
5VDC
Series
AW15.01 = Base mount
W15.01 = Rear stud mount
W15.21 = Spring clip mount
10CPS
Termination
.3 =.060" (1.5mm) Solder pins (not available with AW type)
.2 = Wire leads 6" long
Operating Voltage
(specify, see count speed)
DC: 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 24, 110, 185
AC: 12, 24, 110, 220
Count Speed
8 CPS: 60 mW DC; available voltages 3, 4, 6, 9, 12 VDC
10 CPS: 500 mW DC; available voltages 4, 6, 12, 24, 110,
185 VDC
10 CPS:.75 VA; available voltages 12, 24, 110VAC;
1.5 VA, 220 VAC
Options
Extended temperature: -22°F to +158°F
(-30°C to +70°C) add prefix “HT” to part number
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 11
Counters
B Series
Industry Standard DIN
Totalizing Counters
Features
• 5 and 6 Digits with Reset
• 8 Digits Non-Reset
• Secret Rear Reset Option
• Reversed Colored Number Wheels
• UL Recognized Component, CE Certified
• Low Cost
Applications:
General purpose, high performance/low cost counter for
monitoring manufacturing processes, flow totals, test cycles
where accurate count must be displayed even when power
is lost.
Description:
This counter series utilizes an all plastic housing and frame
to achieve lower cost without sacrificing quality. Count life
is 200 million minimum with optional speeds to 50 counts
per second possible. Spring clip or two screw mountings
are standard. Plug-in and rear stud mounting available on
special order.
Specifications:
Count Life: 200 million.
Numbers: .160" (4mm) high.
Housing: Black plastic, 5, 6 or 8 digit,
Connections: .060" pins with push on connectors.
Count Speed with DC: 10, 25 count/sec. (optional 50 counts)
per sec.
Count Speed with AC: 18 counts/sec.
Impulse Ratio: 60% on time, 40% off time (Min.).
Operating Voltage:
6, 12, 24, 48,110, 220 VDC;
24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
Operating Temperatures: +23°F to +104°F (-5°C to +40°C);
Shock: Unit meets IEC 068-2-27 for Shock Stability
Vibration: Unit meets IEC 068-2-6 for Vibration
Approvals: UL Recognized Component File# E60420,
CE Approved
Weight: 3 oz.
Max. Count Time: Continuous 50/50 or 60/40, on/off.
Count Input:
Voltage
Count
Time In
Time In
Power
PerMillisecMillisec
Pulse
Sec.
On
Off
Ratio
Count
Reset
5
120
80
3:2
85 mW
N/A
10
60
40
3:2
1W
25
24
16
3:2
2W
18
27
27
1:1
2.9 VA DC
AC
Page 12 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Consumption
How To Order:
EXAMPLE: B 16 1 1 24VDC 25CPS
Series
B
Digits
15 = 5 digits
16 = 6 digits
18 = 8 digits
Mounting
0 = Non flange (for F1)
1 = Screw panel
2 = Spring clip
3 = Large screw panel
Reset
0 = Non-reset
1 = Manual push button
4 = Secret Reset
Voltages (specify)
6, 12, 24, 48, 110 and 220 VDC
24, 48, 110 and 220 VAC
Count Speeds (specify)
5, 10, 25 CPS DC
18 CPS AC
Available Options (add to end of part number)
K1B - Silicone cover #3 mount style
F1B Frame - with socket box 945-2
0 Mount only
945 - Socket box
F1DVS - Frame with locking cover
F1DK - Frame with knob closure cover
US - Key reset
N7 - Explosion proof
N7R - Explosion proof with Reset*
LT - Low temperature (-22°F to +115°F)
HT - High temperature (+14°F to +140°F)
50 counts per second (specify)
FL - 6" Wire Leads
RoHS Compliant
N/A
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
0 Mount Style
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
1.20
(30.6)
Ma nual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
0.51
(13)
00000000
1.42
(36)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
2.58
(65.5)
M4 x 5 depth
2
0.41
(10.3)
0.28
(7)
0.19 (4.7) dia.
1
1.20
(30.6)
1 Mount Style
2.20
(56)
1.57
(40)
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
00000000
1.26
(32)
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
2 Mount Style
1.26
(32)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
0.12
(3)
2.46
(62.5)
M3
1.97
(50)
Ma nual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
2.09
(53)
1.10
(28)
1.97
(50)
Ma nual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
00000000
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
0.12
(3)
2.46
(62.5)
3 Mount Style
2.36
(60)
1.97
(50)
Ma nual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
1.97
(50)
00000000
1.50
(38)
0.30
(7.5)
0.08
(2)
1.50
(38)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
M4
0.12
(3)
2.46
(62.5)
F1B Mount Style
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
2.36
(60)
1.97
(50)
Tin plated flat push-on connector 0.06 (1.5 mm) dia.
2.13
(54)
Ma nual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated flat pin 0.03" x 0.11" (0.8 x 2.8 mm)
1.97 0.98
(50) (25)
00000000
1.50
(38)
3.46
(88)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Panel
Cut-Out
1.16
(29.5)
0.12
(3)
0.28
(7)
0.06
(1.5)
1.50
(38)
M4
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 13
Counters
0.98
(25)
Silver plated push-on connector
1.97
(50)
Counters
MK16 - 18
Electromechanical Totalizers
3, 4, 6 and 8 Digit
Application:
Production counting, line counting (printers), events, fees,
where count must be retained even if power is lost.
Specifications:
Display: 6 digit with manual or electric reset; 8 Digit without
reset
Digits: .160" white on black wheels.
Operating Voltages:
5, 6,12, 24, 48, 110, 220 VDC;
12, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
Count Speed: 10, 25, 35 CPS standard VDC (40 or 50 CPS
optional, see OPTIONS); 10, 18 CPS standard VAC only.
Temperature: +14°F to +114°F (-10°C to +45°C)standard
Housing: UL Listed, rugged, black, polycarbonate
Termination: Terminal pins 0.110" x 0.032 connectors
supplied
Weight: 3 ounces
Max. Count Time: Continuous, 50/50 or 60/40 on/off pulse
ratio.
Approvals: UL File#: E60420, CE Approved
Features
• UL Listed, CE Certified
• Rugged Case
• Varied Mounting Styles
• 3, 4 and 6 Digits with Manual & Electric
Reset
• Many Standard Voltages
• 250 Million Count Life, Minimum
• Many Options Available
Description:
MK counters combine extra long count life, 250 million minimum, and absolute accuracy even with 10% voltage variation.
Varied mounting styles. The spring clip mount gives the user
a clean uncluttered panel. Installation is expidited by 0.020"
x 0.11" quick push on connectors.
Count Input:
Count Time In Time In
Voltage PerMillisecMillisec Pulse
Sec.
On
Off
Ratio
Power
Consumption
Count Reset
DC
10
50
50
1:1
1.2 W
25
24
16
3:2
2 W
35
17
11
3:2
5.5 W
10
50
50
1:1
3 VA
18
27
27
1:1
3 VA
AC
Page 14 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
9W
14 VA
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
How To Order
1.220
(31)
MK 14.10/20
1.575
1.260
(40)
(32)
.126
(3.2)
.866
(22)
0 0 0
1.083
(27.5)
DC VERSION 2.504 (63.6)
AC VERSION 3.075 (78.1)
.177
(4.5)
.118
(3)
.319
(8.1)
OMITTED ON
COUNTERS
WITHOUT ZERO RESET
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
Push on conn. supplied
1.220
(31)
1.575
(40)
0 0 0
DC VERSION 2.504 (63.6)
AC VERSION 3.075 (78.1)
.177
(4.5)
PANEL .886 x 1.102
CUTOUT (22.5 x 28)
1.535
(39)
1.575
(40)
1.260
(32)
.319
(8.1)
.118
(3)
Wiring: Count input pins 1 + 2
MKs 14.11/21
MKS 16.10/20
.126
(3.2)
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
Push on conn. supplied
DC VERSION 2.504 (63.6)
AC VERSION 3.075 (78.1)
.177
(4.5)
.118
(3)
.295
(7.5)
OMITTED ON
COUNTERS
WITHOUT ZERO RESET
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
Push on conn. supplied
1.457
(37)
0 0 0 0
DC VERSION 2.504 (63.6)
AC VERSION 3.075 (78.1)
.177
(4.5)
PANEL .886 x 1.331
CUTOUT (22.5 x 33.8)
.118
(3)
.295
(7.5)
Wiring: Count input pins 1 + 2
MK 16.10/02/03
MK 18.10
MK 16.11/12/13
1.575
(40) 1.260
(32)
2.087
(53)
0 0 0 0 0 0
1.890
(48)
.126
(3.2)
OMITTED ON
COUNTERS
WITHOUT ZERO RESET
2.504 (A)
(63.6)
.295
(7.5)
.106
(2.7)
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
2.047
(52)
1.102
(28)
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
.945
(24)
.209
(5.3)
EXAMPLE: MK16 1
2
24 VDC 25 CPS
Series
MKS14 = 4 digits non reset (1.09" wide cut out)
MK14 = 4 digits with reset (1.32" wide cut out)
MKS16 = 6 digits non reset (1.32" wide cut out)
MK16 = 6 digits with/without reset (1.89" wide cut out)
MK18 = 8 digits non reset (1.89" wide cut out)
Mounting
0 = Rear mount
1 = Screw panel
2 = Spring clip
Reset
0= Non-reset
1 = Manual push button
2 = Electric (6 digit only)
3 = Both (6 digit only)
Voltages (specify)
5, 6, 12, 24, 48, 110 and 220 VDC
12, 24, 48, 110 and 220 VAC
.866
(22)
0 0 0 0
1.311
(33.3)
1.024
(26)
SOLDER TAB .032 x .110
TWO PLACES (0.8 x 2.8)
Push on conn. supplied
Count Speeds (specify)
10, 25, 35 CPS DC
10, 18 CPS AC
Available Options (add to end of part number)
V - Manual reset guard (6 digit version)
US - Spade key reset (6 digit version)
SR - Secret reset (6 digit version)
SL - Manual subtract lever (one count per stroke)
ML - Magnifying lens
M - SPDT microswitch operated by manual
or electric reset (MK16.11/M)
FL - 6" wire leads
LT - Low temperature (-22°F to +115°F)
HT - High temperature (+14°F to +140°F)
40 or 50 counts per second (DC only)
Counts by 2’s or 5’s
TB - Terminal block
Z - Mounting stud (rear)
Reverse Color Wheels-black on white, red on black
Special engraving - faceplate
K6 - Flexible silicone cover for #2 mount style
A - Base mount ex: AMK 16.01
K4 - Silicone Cover (mK14.21)
ENCLOSURES:
N7 - Explosion proof (see accessories section)
N12 - Oil and dust proof
N4 - Weather and water proof
Add "R" for external Reset Button
(Unit must be ordered with Electric Reset)
0 0 0 0 0 0
PANEL .965 x 1.910
CUTOUT (24.5 x 48.5)
.209
(5.3)
On MK 16.12/13/22/23 for AC A = 3.075 (78.1)
Wiring: Count input pins 1 + 2 electric reset pins 3 + 4
2.504 (A)
(63.6)
.106
(2.7)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 .295
(7.5)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 15
Counters
MK 13.11/21
Counters
KAL-D06
Features
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD,
8 Digit Electronic Counter
• 8 Digits Standard
• Meets NEMA 4X and IP65 Ratings
• Long Life (10 Year) Lithium Battery
• 10 kHz Count Speed
• Screw Terminal Block
• Slow Speed Input for Contact Closures
• High Speed Input for Sinking Inputs from a Max. of
18VDC Without Module
• Quadrature and High Voltage (10 to 240 V AC;
10 to 110V DC) Inputs Optional
RoHS
2002/95/EC
• UL Recognized Component
Description:
The KAL-D06 counters are small, lithium battery powered, totalizing counters that are panel mounted. The counters
are designed as replacements for standard electro-mechanical
counters. They use the latest custom CMOS technology and
incorporate an 8 digit, 0.354” (9mm) high, LCD display. It operates from a long life lithium battery (life 10 years)
and can be operated from contact closure or high speed electronic
devices. No separate alkaline batteries are required. The front
reset button can be disabled if desired.
KAL-D06 Wiring:
1 - High Speed Count Input
2 - Low Speed Count Input
3 - External Reset Input
4 - Direction Input
5 - External Power for Backlight
6 - 0V, Common
High Speed Count Input:
+V
≤10KHz
≤18V
R
Specifications:
1
1.0V
Battery: Non-replaceable Lithium battery, expected life of 10
years at 20°C
Display: 8 digit black LCD, Digit size 0.354” (9mm) high, leading
zero blanking,
Backlight: backlight requires external 5V supply (±0.5V @
20mA). 12V, 24V and 30V can be used with the use of an
external resistor, see backlight wiring diagram for details and
resistor values.
6
≥50µS
Low Speed Count Input:
+V
2
≤30Hz
≤18V
R
1.0V
6
≥15mS
Reset: Panel or remote (can be disabled if desired)
Count Range: 0-99999999, rollover to 0
Temperature Range:
Operating: 14 to 1400F (-10 to 60°C)
Storage: -4 to 1400F (-20 to 60°C)
Connection: Finger-proof screw terminal for wires up to 0.06”2
(1.5mm2 )
Sealing: NEMA 4X/IP65; Remove film from self adhesive gasket before use! Overvoltage Category II, Pollution Fegree 2
(IEC 64)
Certifications: UL Recognized Component
Page 16 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
• Sink input NPN or contact
closure
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max 18V, theshold 1V
• Negative edge trigger
• Max. 30HZ, min. 15mS
External Reset Input:
+V
3
≤18V
R
1.0V
6
Battery Life: 10 years at 20°C (calculated)
Relative Humidity: 80% max. up to 31°C, decreasing to 50%
max. at 40°C
• Sink input NPN
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max 18V, theshold 1V
• Negative edge trigger
• Max. 10kHZ, min. 50µS
≥15mS
• Sink input NPN or contact
closure
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max 18V, theshold 1V
• Negative edge trigger
• Min. 15mS
Direction Input:
+V
4
≤18V
2.0V
1.0V
R
6
• Sink input NPN or contact
closure
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• UP: Not connected or >2V
(logic 1), max 18V
• DOWN: Connected to common or <1V (logic 0)
• Direction signal must change
>5µS before Count signal.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
KAL-DQUAD06 Wiring
Backlight Wiring
5
6
A
B
1
2
R
+V
R
≤2.5KHz
≤18V
1.0V
6
1:1
Jumpers
Count Inputs A & B
• Sink input NPN or push-pull
signals, NOT source only
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max. +V
• Max. 2.5kHZ
• Mark to space ratio 1:1
88888888
1 - High Voltage Count Input
2 - High Voltage External Reset
Input
3 - Common for pins 1 & 2
4 - Direction Input
5 - External Power for Backlight
6 - 0V, Common for pins 4 & 5
1
R
3
RESET INPUT
10-240 VAC
10-110 VDC
R
2
≤10pps
≤2.5KHz
≥50mS
≥50mS
07
3607
1K7
1.2K7
Front Panel Reset
Disabled
8888888.8
888888.88
88888.888
High Voltage Input:
COUNT INPUT
10-240 VAC
10-110 VDC
=
=
=
=
Front Panel Reset
Enabled
KAL-D06AC/DC Wiring
R
R
R
R
External supply for backlight is 5 VDC @ 20mA
R = external resistor; see table next to diagram above.
Quadrature Input:
5
5V:
12V:
24V:
30V:
High Voltage Count Input
• Opto-isolated
• R = Internal resistor 50kΩ
• 10 - 240V AC ±10%
• 10 - 110V DC ±10%
• Max. 10 pulses per second
• Min 50mS
How To Order:
KAL-D06....................... 8 digit counter with 10 yr battery
KAL-DQUAD06............. 8 digit counter with 10 yr battery
with Quadrature Input
KAL-D06AC/DC............ 8 digit counter with 10 yr battery
with High Voltage Input
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
High Voltage Reset Input
• Opto-isolated
• R = Internal resistor 50kΩ
• 10 - 240V AC ±10%
• 10 - 110V DC ±10%
• Min 15mS
Dimensions
2.32"
(59mm)
88888888
0.87" x 1.77"
(21.9 x 44.9 mm)
0.95"
(24mm)
1.89"
(48mm)
Panel Cutout: 0.92" x 1.77" (22.5 x 45 mm)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 2.0"
(51.4 mm)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 17
Counters
1 - Count Input A
2 - Count Input B
3 - External Reset Input
4 - Not used
5 - External Power for Backlight
and Input Circuit
6 - 0V, Common
Counters
KAL-RATE
K192
Features
• Suitable for portable devices, vending and
gaming machines, printers and copiers
LCD Counter Module
for PCB Mount
• Can be used for simple counting, length- and
distance measurement.
• Non-volatile memory (no battery)
• Wide temperature range and wide voltage
supply range
• Very high reliability
• Low operating current
• Small size and low cost
• Very high shock and vibration resistance
Specifications
Supply 8 ... 28 V DC with reverse
polarity protection
Current consumption: 3 mA maximum at 8 ... 24 V DC
10 mA at 28 V DC
Count and reset input: 8 ... 28 V DC
Max. Count frequeny: 100 Hz
Display: 6-digit display,
figure height 5 mm
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing: Dimension 19 x 33 mm
Color: black
Operating temperature: –40 ... +85 °C
Humidity: 95 % RH +32 C for 2 hours
EMC: according to EC EMC directive
89/36/EWG
Interference emission: EN 50081-2/EN 55 011 Class B
Interference resistance:EN 61000-6-2
Weight: approximately 8 g
Memory capacity: CMOS EEPROM. Nonvolatile
memory has data retention
in excess of 10 years without
power.
Protection from: inductive swichting, alternator
load dump
Dimensions
Wiring
Ordering Information
K192 = LCD PCB Mount Counter
Page 18 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Features
• Low price and high efficiency
• Large (8 mm) 8-digit LCD display,
• Optional backlighting
• Various counting modes:up /down,
differential, quadrature and pulse doubling
• High voltage input for 10 to 260 V AC/DC
voltage pulses
• NEMA4/IP65 Front Panel
• Screw terminals, RM 5 mm
• Lifetime of the battery approximately 8
years
• Locking of the reset key
• Operating temperature –10 to +60 °C
Technical data
Power supply:non-replaceable lithium battery (lifetime
approximately 8 years at 20°C)
Backlighting: external electrical source 24 V DC +/-20
%, 50 mA
Display: LCD, 8 decades, 8 mm high characters
Mode: a. adding or subtracting (selectable)
b. counting direction
c. differential counting
d. phase discriminator
Display range: –9999999 to 99999999, with overflow
display
Reset: manual and electrical
Counting inputs:
A. Standard DC Input (max. 30 V DC)
Slow counting input: max. 30 Hz NPN
Fast counting input: max. 12 kHz (PNP), 7 kHz
(NPN)
Switching level: NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 30 V DC
PNP: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 4 to 30 V DC
B. High Voltage Input (10 to 260 V DC/AC)
Counting input: Optocoupler input, max. 30 Hz
Min. pulse time: 16 ms
Switching level: Low: 0 to 2 V DC/AC, High: 10 to
260 V DC/AC
C. Counting direction switching (only DC-version)
Mode : see order table
Contact input:
Open Collector NPN (switching at 0 V DC)
Switching level:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 5 V DC
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Battery Powered Counters
with LCD Display
RoHS
2002/95/EC
• All versions for positive or negative
counting edge
• Debounce filter function for counting with
mechanical contacts.
D. Reset Input (only DC and high voltage)
Minimum pulse time:
DC: 50 ms, high voltage: 16 ms
Contact input DC*:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 30 V DC
High voltage input: 10 to 260 V DC/V AC
E. Electrical reset key locking (for DC and AC)
Contact input:
Open Collector NPN (switching at 0 V)
Switching level:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 5 V DC
Interference emissions:
EN 55011 Class B, EN 61000-6-2 EN
61010 Section 1 (only AC versions)
Housing: dark grey RAL 7021
Operating temperature:
–10 to +55 °C
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +60 °C
Storage temperature:
–20 to +70 °C
Protection:NEMA4/IP65 front
Weight: approximately 50 g
* and high voltage on 131K and 132K
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 19
Counters
130K-133K
Counters
Dimensions:
Order Table
Type
Input type
Counting inputs
INP A
INP B
130K.012.8x0 Count1)
130K.012.8x2
00 ... 0,7 V DC
count
NPN
07 kHz 00 ... 0,7 V DC
count
NPN
04 ... 30 V DC
count
PNP
12 kHz 00 ... 0,7 V DC
count
NPN
130K.012.8x3
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
count
AC/DC 30 Hz
reset
AC/DC
0—
131K.012.8x0 Cnt.Dir2)/Up.Dn3) 00 ... 0,7 V DC
131K.012.8x1
04 ... 30 V DC
count
NPN
07 kHz 00 ... 0,7 V DC
count/direction
NPN
07 kHz
count
PNP
12 kHz 04 ... 30 V DC
count/direction
PNP
12 kHz
131K.012.8x3 Up.Dn3)
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
count
AC/DC 30 Hz
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
count
AC/DC
30 Hz
132K.012.8x3 Cnt.Dir2)
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
direction
AC/DC 30 Hz
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
count
AC/DC
30 Hz
133K.012.8x0 Quad4)/Quad25)
133K.012.8x1
00 ... 0,7 V DC
channel A
NPN
03 kHz 00 ... 0,7 V DC
channelB
NPN
03 kHz
04 ... 30 V DC
channel A
PNP
06 kHz 04 ... 30 V DC
channel B
PNP
06 kHz
X: 5 = no backlight
X: 6 = with backlight add $18.00
1): one-channel, adding or subtracting counting
2): counting input with counting direction input
3): one adding and one subtracting counting input
(differential mode)
10 ... 260 V AC/DC
30 Hz
4): Phase discriminator for incremental encoders with
single processing
5): Phase discriminator for incremental encoders with
double processing
Accessories
NEMA4 wall mount enclosures available see NEMA-32 & LCN4X
Explosion proof enclosure available see XH
Page 20 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
RoHS Compliant
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Features
• Self Powered (3.5 years)
• 4 Digits, 0.24" Character Height
• High Contrast LCD Display
• Simple to Install
• Integral De-bounce Circuitry
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Dimensions:
1.09 (27.6)
0.70 (17.7)
Rear View
Description:
The Micro-KAL1 features flying leads for remote contact
closure input. The Micro-KAL1 increments the count when
the contact is open. It may be panel mounted with the
optional bezels supplied.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Battery
1.22 (31)
0.82 (21)
8888
0.94 (24)
Specifications:
Supply Voltage: 1.5V button cell type 386 or SR43.
Expected battery life: 3-4 years at 68° F (20° C).
Display: 4 digit black LCD, .24" (6mm) characters.
Count range: 9999 display rollover to 0.
Count input: 18 Hz maximum, contact closure. Operates on contact opening.
Reset: Reset to zero on insertion of battery.
Operating temperature: 32° to 122° F (0° C to +50° C).
Storage temperature: 32° to 140° F (0° C to +60° C).
Material: Clear poly-carbonate, black ABS bezel.
Environmental protection: IP40/DIN40050.
Weight: .26 ounces (7.5 grams).
Lead length: 9.45" (240mm).
Approvals: CE Compliant
0.26
(6.5)
0.17
(4.2)
0.39 (10)
Applications:
☛ Applications where no power is available
☛ Amusement machines
☛ Portable equipment
☛ Dispensing machines
☛ Luggage lockers
☛ Copiers and printers
☛ Ticket machines
☛ Utility meters
Front View (showing bezel)
How To Order:
Micro-KAL1.............................. Totalizer with flying leads
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 21
Counters
MICRO-KAL
Miniature, LCD, Self Powered
Electronic Totalizer
Counters
MINI-KAL
Features
• UL, CSA Listed, CE Certified
• 6 and 8 Digit models
• PC Board Mountable
• Low Power Consumption
• 10 kHz Count Speed
• Easily Integrated Into OEM Systems
• Add -Subtract (AS Version)
Miniature, Low Cost
Electronic Counter
RoHS
2002/95/EC
MINI-KAL1
MINI-KAL1AS
Description:
The MINI-KAL series of small, easy-to-mount LCD counters
can be mounted directly to a PC board, or, with Slim-Kal,
through two screw holes in a panel. They are useful for
counting applications where space is tight, and where OEM
instrument makers want a pre-designed counter.
The MINI-KAL is a PC board mountable, 6 digit counter
which counts up to 10 kHz, and consumes less than 15 µA of
current. Connections are via four pins on 0.1 inch centers.
The MINI-KAL-DASis a small 6-digit electronic add/subtract
totalizing counter, based on the latest CMOS technology and
incorporates a 6-digit 6mm character height, high contrast
LCD display.
The MINI-KAL-DAShas been specifically designed to use
minimal power—quiescent current less than 5 microamps
making the unit ideally suited in low power battery applications. The counter will add and subtract count pulses at input
frequencies up to 10 kHz making the unit suitable for use in
position, length and distance measuring applications.
MINI-KAL 1
Specifications:
Voltage: 3 VDC (± 0.6V)
Current: 15 µA
Display: 6 digit, LCD, 0.2" high
Temperature Range:
Operating: +14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C)
Storage: -14 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)
Signal Inputs:
COUNT INPUT: Electronic 10 kHz max. (min. on/off
50µsec) Negative edge triggered, 0.7 V threshold.
Max. input 24 VDC
RESET: Electronic Negative edge triggered 0.7 V
threshold. (min. on/off pulse 20 mS)
Material: Clear polycarbonate
Weight: 0.25 oz.
MINI-KAL1AS
Page 22 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Specifications:
Voltage: 3VDC ± 0.4V (VDD)
Current: 5µA typical
10µA maximum at 10 kHz
Display: 6 digit 0.2" character height black LCD
Temperature Range:
Same as MINI-KAL1
Signal Inputs:
COUNT INPUT: Electronic 10 kHz max. (min. on/off
50µsec) Negative edge triggered, 0.7V threshold,
TTL/CMOS compatible.
DIRECTION: Electronic input, TTL/CMOS compatible.
Add—logic 1 (VDD)
Subtract -logic 0 (0 to 0.7 V)
RESET: Negative edge triggered 0.7V threshold, minimum pulse length 50 µS.
Material: Clear PETP
Weight: 3 oz. (75 grams)
Sealing: IP40/DIN40050
Dimensions: 27x175x65 mm
MINI-KAL2AS
Description:
The Mini-Kal2 AS add/subtract totalizing counters operate
from an external 3VDC supply and feature an 8 digit high
contrast LCD display with a character height of .315". The
unit is suitable for PCB mounting and is available with or
without the front panel reset button. Inputs are provided
for count direction and external reset. The counter will add
and subtract count pulses at input frequencies up to 10 kHz
making it suitable for use in position length and distance
measuring applications. With power consumption less than
10µA, typically 5µA , this unit is ideally suited in portable
battery powered applications.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Wiring:
MINI-KAL1 Hookup
Counters
MINI-KAL2AS
Specifications:
Voltage: 3VDC ± 0.4V (VDD)
Current: 5µA typical, 10µA max. at 10 kHz
Display: 8 digit 8mm character height black LCD
Temperature Range:
Operating: +14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C)
Storage: -14 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)
Signal Inputs:
COUNT INPUT: Electronic input 10KHz max., negative
edge triggered, 0.7V threshold, minimum pulse
length 50 µS, TTL/CMOS compatible.
COUNT INPUT: Contact closure/open collector input,
30 Hz max, negative edge triggered, 0.7V threshold,
minimum pulse length 15 mS.
DIRECTION: TTL/CMOS compatible.
Add—logic 1 (VDD)
Subtract—logic 0 (0 to 0.7 V)
EXTERNAL RESET: Contact closure/open collector
input, negative edge triggered, 0.7V threshold,
minimum pulse length 15 mS.
Connections: 6 PCB mounting pins on a 0.1 inch pitch.
Approvals: UL File: E135458, CSA File: LR96702,
CE Approved
MINI-KAL-DASHookup
MINI-KAL2AS Hookup
Mounting:
MINI-KAL1 SERIES Mounting
.256
(6.5)
.8
(20.32)
HOLE CUTOUT SIZE
1.19 x .86
(29.4 x 22 mm)
0.012
.71
(18)
0.19
(5)
0.018
1.22
(31)
.82
(21)
.39 .94
(10) (24)
Magnified view of
Mounting Pin
1.06
(27)
MINI-KAL1 SERIES with KALPM1 panel
adaptor clips into panel .050 to .125 thick
MINI-KAL2AS Mounting
How To Order:
MINI-KAL1...........................................6 digit adding counter
MINI-KAL1AS.............................6 digit add/subtract counter
KALPM1...............................MINI-KAL panel mount adaptor
MINI-KAL2AS.............................8 digit add/subtract counter
MINI-KAL2ASNR............................. Non-reset MINIKAL2AS
(non-reset)
* For no reset, add “NR” to part number
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 23
Counters
CTR52U
Multipurpose Device
Counter, Rate Meter and Timer
Features
• Universal, with dual functions, also suitable as
maintenance counter
• 2 pulse or time counters for measuring daily and
total values
• Count frequency 60 kHz
• Four dual functions in one device, saves on
inventory costs
• Separate multiplication and scaling factor for
pulse & frequency counter
Specifications:
Supply
10 ... 30 V DC,
voltage: with reverse polarity protection
Current consumption:
max. 40 mA
Display:
6 digit red 7 segment LED display; 8 mm high
Data backup:
EEPROM
Housing: Dimensions 48 x 24 mm (1.89” x 0.945”)
according to DIN 43 700; RAL 7021, grey
Polarity of Inputs:
programmable, npn or pnp for all inputs
Input resistance:
appr. 5 kΩ
Counting frequency:
max. 60 kHz, can be damped to 30 Hz
Reset time: 5 ms
Resolution counter:
0.001 sec ...999999 hr
Input switching level
Standard version:
Low: 0 to 0.2 x Input Power Voltage
High: 0.6 x Input Power Voltage to 30VDC
5 V version:
Low 0 ... 2 V DC
High 12 ... 30 V DC
Accuracy: <0.1 % (Frequency display/Rate meter)
Ambient temperature:
–20 ... +50 °C (14°F ... 158°F), non-condensing
Storage temperature:
–25 ... +70 °C (-13F ... 158F)
EMC: according to EC EMC directive 89/36/EWG
Immunity to interference:
EN 61000-6-4/EN 55 011 class B
Page 24 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Operating modes:
Electronic totalizer and frequency counter, counter with 2 totalizing ranges, totalizer and timer, timer with 2 time ranges
Emitted interference:
EN 61000-6-2
Protection: IP65 (from front)
Weight: appr. 50 g
Ordering Information
Example CTR52U
0
Series:
Input Level:
0= Standard
A= 5V level
Accessories
NEMA4 wall mount enclosures available see NEMA-32 & LCN4X
RoHS Compliant
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
#ON
)
)
2
Counters
max. 19.3 [0.76]
24 [0.945]
48 [1.89]
22 x 45
[0.866 x 1.772]
ˆ“i˜Ãˆœ˜Ã\
i
£ÊÊ
£ÊÊ*
£Ê x
£Ê x
£ÊÊ£Êʘ
4 [0.158]
*>˜iÊVÕ̇œÕÌ\
ÓÓ°Ó³ä]Î ÝÊ{x³ä]È ““
Qä°nÇ{³ä°ä£Ó ÝÊ£°ÇÇÓ³ä°äÓ{R
6.5 [0.256]
59 [2.323]
53 [2.087]
25+0.5
[0.984+0.02]
28 [1.103]
25 x 50
[0.984 x 1.969]
50+0.6 [1.969+0.024]
1 [0.039]
4 [0.158]
56 [2.205]
M3
1 [0.04]
1
max. 19.3 [0.76]
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 32 ±0.1
[1.26 ±0.004]
25
[0.984]
25 x 50
[0.984 x 1.969]
32 [1.26]
40 [1.575]
50 [1.969]
4 [0.158]
£ œÕ˜ÌiÀÊȘŽˆ˜}ÊvÎ]Ê ÊÇ{
#ONNECTIONS
6$#
6'.$
).0!
).0"
2ESET
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 25
iˆÛiÀÞʘVÕ`iÃ\
Counters
CTR54U
Features
• Universal, with dual functions, also suitable as
maintenance counter
Multipurpose Device
Counter, Rate Meter and Timer
• 2 pulse or time counters for measuring daily and
total values
• Count frequency 60 kHz
• Four dual functions in one device, saves on
inventory costs
• Separate multiplication and scaling factor for
pulse & frequency counter
Applications:
Preset batch counting, length measuring, simple positioning,
time control, speed control, rate control.
Operating modes:
Adding counter and frequency meter, counter with 2 totalizing
ranges, totalizer and time meter, time meter with 2 time ranges.
Specifications:
Supply:
10 ... 30 V DC, with reverse polarity protection
voltage: 90 ... 260 V AC
Current consumption:
max. 50 mA, 6 VA
Display:
6 digit red 7 segment LED display; 14 mm high
Data backup:
EEPROM
Housing: Dimensions 96 x 48 mm according to DIN 43 700;
RAL 7021, grey
Polarity of Inputs:
programmable, npn or pnp for all inputs
Input resistance:
appr. 5 kΩ
Counting frequency*:
60 kHz, can be damped to 30 Hz depending on
operating mode
Reset time: 5 ms
Input switching level
DC-version: (standard version):
Low: 0 to 0.2 x Input Power Voltage
High: 0.6 x Input Power Voltage to 30VDC
AC-version:
Low 0 ... 4 V DC
High 12 ... 30 V DC
Input switching level (5 V version):
Low 0 ... 2 V DC
High 4 ... 30 V DC
Voltage supply for sensors:
24 V DC ±15 %/100 mA at AC versions
Accuracy: <0.1 % (Frequency display/Rate meter)
Ambient temperature:
–20 ... +65 °C, non-condensing
Storage temperature:
–25 ... +70 °C
EMC: according to EC EMC directive 89/36/EWG
Immunity to interference:
EN 61000-6-4/EN 55 011 class B
Emitted interference:
EN 61000-6-2
Protection: IP65 (from front)
Weight: appr. 150 g
Page 26 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
RoHS
8
2002/95/EC
8
Wiring:
#ONNECTION8
*ˆ˜
£
Ó
‡6iÀȜ˜
™äÊ°°°ÊÓÈäÊ6Ê
™äÊ°°°ÊÓÈäÊ6Ê
‡6iÀȜ˜
äÊ6Ê
Ê­ ®
£äÊ°°°ÊÎäÊ6Ê
8
8
#ONNECTION8
*ˆ˜
£
Ó
Î
{
x
È
Ç
‡6iÀȜ˜
˜°V°
˜°V°
,iÃiÌ
*Ê
*Ê
œÕÌ
³Ó{Ê6œÕÌ
Dimensions:
‡6iÀȜ˜
#ONNECTION8
*ˆ˜
£
Ó
‡6iÀȜ˜
™äÊ°°°ÊÓÈäÊ6Ê
™äÊ°°°ÊÓÈäÊ6Ê
‡6iÀȜ˜
äÊ6Ê
Ê­ ®
£äÊ°°°ÊÎäÊ6Ê
#ONNECTION8
˜°V°
˜°V°
*ˆ˜
£
Ó
Î
{
x
È
Ç
‡6iÀȜ˜
˜°V°
˜°V°
,iÃiÌ
*Ê
*Ê
œÕÌ
³Ó{Ê6œÕÌ
‡6iÀȜ˜
˜°V°
˜°V°
*>˜iÊVÕ̇œÕÌ\
Ordering Information
Example CTR54U
0 0
Series:
Input Level:
0= Standard
A= 5V level
Power Supply:
0= 90 to 260 VAC
3= 10 to 30 VDC
Accessories
NEMA4 wall mount enclosures available see NEMA-32 & LCN4X
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Features
• Add and Subtract Counter
• Accepts Simultaneous Inputs
• Built-In Battery Backup
• 8 Digit LED Display
• Optically Isolated Inputs
• Accepts AC or DC pulses & Switch
Closure Inputs
• 1" x 2" (25 x 50 mm) Standard Case Size
Applications:
Ideal when small size and fast count speeds are needed.
Uses include piece part totals, flow totalization and other
OEM machinery needing a simple LED totalizer.
Description:
The K series is a 4 or 8 digit totalizer electronic counter.
Its unique count input accurately registers simultaneous
overlapping pulses, is optically isolated, and accepts counts
at speeds up to 100 kHz. Further, the K series has a “builtin” battery to protect against power failures, can be powered
with DC voltage and pulsed with AC or DC voltages, and is
built with CMOS L.S.I. circuitry. In addition, all K series 4 digit
counters have open collector logic level zero output as an
optional feature. The K series 5-30 VDC power, small size
and standard built-in battery makes it the perfect counter for
those demanding applications where good looks, long life,
and a secure count are important.
Specifications:
Count Speed: 0-100 kHz
Reset: Follows count input selected above, overrides count
and triggers on leading edge.
Number of Digits: 8; at 99999999 all digits “roll” to zero for
continued counting.
Digit Size .170" high standard.
Power Supply: 5-30 VDC regulated or unregulated.
Current Consumption: 80 milliamps with all 8 digits lit to
number 8.
Power Interruptions: Built-in battery. Power may be interrupted for up to 1 week without loss of count. Counter may
be stored for six months before 24 hours operation will be
needed for battery recharge. While on standby, display
blanks to conserve energy.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Count Input: Five inputs may be selected.
SP: Simultaneous Pulses - Positive going signals from 5 V
to 30 VDC. Simultaneous overlapping add and subtract
pulses are accurately registered to 15,000 counts per
minute, 2 millisecond minimum pulse widths. 10 kOhm
impedance.
H: High Impedance - 0-100 kHz non-simultaneous input
operation standard. Separate add and subtract inputs
or common data input together with up/down control
line. Input impedance is 10 K ohm. Use with 715-1 shaft
encoder.
V: AC Pulses - AC pulses 120 VAC. 50 counts per second.
75 K ohms impedance.
O: Optically lsolated - 1500 Hz maximum input
S: Up/Down Control - Use this with KEP encoder model
715-2. 5 VDC positive going pulses are fed into a single
terminal. When held high, the up/down control line adds
the incoming pulses to the total. When allowed to go
low, the incoming pulses are subtracted from the total.
10 K ohm impedance.
Mounting: Panel mounted or “spring clip”.
Termination: Printed circuit board edge connector suppliedstandard
Zero Output: Logic level zero output provides 300 milliamps
of switching power whenever the counter passes through or
idles at zero This option is available in 4 digit models only.
Temperature: +32°F (0°C) to +130°F (+54°C)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 27
Counters
K Series
Miniature
Electronic Counter
Counters
HOOKUP
INPUT WIRING
SWITCH CLOSURE (Input H)
ADD K TO 2
SUB B TO 2
RES D TO 2
DC PULSES (Input H)
ADD K PLUS 6 GROUND
SUB B PLUS 6 GROUND
RES D PLUS 6 GROUND
OPTICALLY ISOLATED AND AC PULSES (Inputs SP & V)
ADD K
SUB B
RES D
COM L
MOUNTING
How To Order;
EX: K 0 8 2 3 SP(12) B 2 A Z.O. 50Hz
Series
K
Function
0 = Totalize function
1 = Add/Subtract
Digits
4 = 4 Digits
8 = 8 Digits
Mounting
1 = Panel mounting
Reset
1 = Panel push-button
2 = Remote
3 = Both
Input to Count
SP( ) = Optically isolated. Accepts.
simultaneous pulses
Specify voltage 5-30 VDC.
H ( ) = Voltage pulse, 3-30 VDC.
V ( ) = AC pulses, 120 VAC for counts
speeds to 50 CPS
O ( ) = Voltage - Optically isolated DC inputs
S ( ) = Voltage - up/down control.
Digit Size
B = 170" standard
Power Supply
1 = 12 VDC
2 = 24 VDC
7 = 5 VDC (must be regulated ± 5%)
Power Quality
A = Regulated
B = Unregulated
Options
Z.O. = Zero output (4 digit models)
Count Speed (specify actual speed)
0-10KHz
Over 10KHz
Over 100KHz
Accessories
115-5 Power Supply
Page 28 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Features
• CSA Approved
• Counts Pulse Inputs Up To 10 kHz
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front Panel
• 1/8 DIN Cutout
• Add & Subtract Capabilities
Applications:
This totalizing counter is perfect for high speed counting applications where a 6 digit total count is required.
Specifications:
Display: 6 digits, .55" high LED
Input Power:
110VAC ±15% or 12 to 15VDC
220VAC ±15% or 12 to 15VDC.
24VAC ±15% or 12 to 15VDC.
Current: Max. 250mA DC or 6.5 VA at rated AC voltage.
Sealing: Front panel sealed to NEMA 4X/IP65 specifications.
Excitation Voltage: (AC powered units only) + 12VDC @
50mA unregulated -10% + 50%.
Memory: EEPROM Stores data for 10 years if power
lost.
Input Types:
Standard: INPUT 3
This input is ideal for flowmeters that produce a DC
pulse output. Also may be used with KEP 711 series
or 715-1 encoders or PD & D series sensors. User can
select high or low speed modes for debounce filtering. NOTE: For sinking driver inputs (NPN), use an
external pull up resistor (2.2KΩ to 10kΩ) between pin 7
(+12VDC) and inputs used (pin 5 and/or 6).
Up/Down Control: INPUT 5
Count inputs on A, direction control input on B. When
input B is "high" (4-30VDC), the count inputs on A will
count up. If Input B is low (open or <1 VDC), the count
inputs on A will count down.
Quadrature: INPUT 9
Accepts pulses 90° out of phase for bidirectional counting. May be used with quadrature encoders.
NOTE: The unit will only show rate of one direction
(when A precedes B).
NOTE: All inputs can be ordered with mag. input (30 mV)
option (see "How To Order").
Reset: Rear terminal, 4-30 VDC negative edge triggered.
Approvals: CSA File# LR91109-7, CE Approved
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Typical Application:
MC Series (MCHA3)
This unit is a dual input, bi-directional totalizer only. This
unit does not have presets, outputs or scaling available.
Each pulse received on input A or input B equals one count.
The Minicount has separate up and down inputs. Pulses on
pin 5 (input A) will count up (add); pulses on pin 6 (input B)
will count down (subtract), even if the pulses occur simultaneously. Low and high count speed debounce filtering
is factory set, output relays are not supplied with this unit.
The MC series is perfect for applications where a low cost,
bi-directional totalizer is needed.
TYPICAL WIRING
1- NOT USED
2- NOT USED
3- NOT USED
4- NOT USED
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 29
Counters
MC (Minicount)
High Speed, LED
Electronic Counter
Counters
Dimensions:
3.925
(99.7)
0.587
(14.91)
4.437
(112.7)
4.245
(107.8)
3.622
(92)
2.625
(66.68)
1.772
(45)
BEZEL
GASKET
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
Open Collector Wiring:
*
Open Collector
(NPN) Output
1- NOT USED
2- NOT USED
3- NOT USED
4- NOT USED
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
*Pull-up resistor required for open collector (NPN)
outputs. Use resistor values from 2.2kΩ to 10kΩ.
HOW TO ORDER
EXAMPLE:
MC
H
A
3
1
Series
MC = Minicount Counter
Input Speed
L = Low speed input debounce filter 40Hz max.
H = High speed input (0 to 9.99 KHz)
Operating Voltage
A = 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B = 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C = 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Count Input
3 =
Standard, 4-30 VDC simultaneous inputs.
3M = Mag. Input, Input A only, 30mV input
(Input B, 4-30V)
3MB = Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, 30mV input
5 =
4-30 V pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B.
5M = 30 mV pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B
9 =
Quadrature, accepts 4-30 V pulses
9MB = Quadrature, accepts 30 mV pulses (A & B)
Options
1= RS232 Communications
2= RS422 Communications
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Page 30 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Multipurpose Device
Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
Features
• Multipurpose device (programmable mode)
– Display counter (adding and subtracting)
– Position Monitor
– rate meter
– timer
• Display range –199 999 to 999 999
• Screw terminal connections
• Locking SET-Key for reset
• Option: Optocoupler output if f = 0, i.e.
Operation indicator
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Description:
The CTR-544 is a multipurpose device that can be programmed as a counter, position monitor, timer or
ratemeter. It accepts DC pulse inputs up to 20kHz. It is a perfect solution for all high speed counting, timing
and rate monitoring applications.
Specifications:
Supply voltage: 10 to 30 V DC, with reverse
polarity protection
90 to 260 V AC 50/60 Hz
mains hum suppression
Power consumption: max. 2 W/6 VA
Display: 6-digit , red 7-segment LED‘s
height 14 mm
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing:
housing for control panel 96
x 48 mm acc. to DIN 43 700;
RAL 7021, dark grey
Polarity of Inputs: programmable, npn or pnp for
all inputs
Input resistance: appr. 10 kΩ
Input frequency: 20 kHz, can be damped to 30
Hz (11 kHz max. for position
display)
Reset time: 5 ms
Timer resolution: up to 0.001 s
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Level of inputs: DC Output:
DC-version
Low: 0 to 0.2 x UB [V DC]
High: 0.6 x UB ... 30 V DC
AC-version
Low: 0 to 4 V DC
High: 12 to 30 V DC
24 V DC ±15 %/100 mA (AC
powered units only)
Accuracy: Ratemeter: <0,1 %
Timer < 50ppm
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +50°C
Storage temperature:
–25 to +70°C
EMC: according to EC EMC
directive 89/36/EWG
Interference emmisions: EN 50081-2/EN 55 011
class B
Interference resistance: EN 6100-6-2
Protection: NEMA4/IP65 (front panel)
Weight: appr. 150 g
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 31
Counters
CTR-544 Series
Dimensions
1.89 (48)
Rear View
1.77 x 3.62
(44.9 x 91.9)
3.78 (96)
0.61
(15.5)
1.77 (45)
Counters
Wiring Connections
0.16 (4)
0.26 (6.5)
2.64 (67.1)
3.62 (92)
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
TB-1 Measurment Inputs
Order Code
Example:
CTR544.01
0
00
Series:
CTR-544 = Multipurpose Device
Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
TB-2 Supply Voltage and Outputs
Operating Voltage:
0 = 90 to 260 VAC
3 = 10 to 30 VDC
Options:
00= None
01 = Optocoupler output
Page 32 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Features
New Family: Your choice for your application!
• LED display with very high luminosity
• 0.315" (8mm) digit height
• 6 digit display
• DIN housing, 1.88"x.944" (48x24mm)
• Easy 2 button programming
• Connection with screw terminal
• IP65 NEMA 4X (front)
RoHS
• NEMA 4X Wall Mount Enclosure (optional)
2002/95/EC
• Input pulse-shape variable (Schmitt Trigger characteristics)
Simple Display Counter
Totalizer and Postion
indicator
Frequency meter and
Tachometer
522K
523K
Time meter
Multipurpose device
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking
• Overflow condition
will be indicated by
displaying the count
value without leading
zero blanking
• Count frequency up to
10kHz (can be damped
to 30Hz in setup)
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (can
be disabled in setup)
• 1 count input
• 1 reset input
• Display range
-199999..0..999999
with leading zero
blanking
• Overflow condition will
be indicated by 1Hz
flashing of display
• Count frequency up to
10kHz (can be damped
to 30Hz in setup)
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (or selected preset number)
• 2 count inputs
• 1 reset input
• Multiplying factor
(0.00001...99.9999)
• Option: optocoupler
output if count value ≤
0
• Counting with direction input, differential
counting, counting
with phase discriminator (also with pulse
doubling)
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking
• Indicates rate per sec
or min (1/Tau) to 0.1%
accuracy
• Overflow condition will
be indicated by 1Hz
flashing of display
• Input frequency up to
10kHz (can be damped
to 30Hz in setup)
• 1 count input
• Operating principle:
period duration measurement (average
value at higher frequencies)
• Option: optocoupler
output if frequency
f=0 (e.g. no operation
indicator)
• Multiplying factor
(0.00001...99.9999)
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking to 0.03%
accuracy
• Lowest digit's decimal
point flashes when
timing
• Timing in s, min, h or
h.min.s (programmable) Timing resolution
x1, .1, .01, .001, fixed
by selected decimal
point
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero
• Gate, start and stop
via 2 inputs (progammable)
• 1 reset input
• Operation mode: Precise timing from hours
to 1/1000 sec
• Option: optocoupler
output (e.g. Timing
indicator, 0.5 sec On/
Off)
• 521K-523K in just one
device
• Operation mode can
be programmed
520K
Order #: 520K.2
521K
Order #:
521K.1 w/optocoupler
521K.2 w/out optocoupler
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Order #:
522K.1w/optocoupler
522K.2 w/out optocoupler
524K
Order #:
524K.1 w/optocoupler
524K.2 w/out optocoupler
Order #:
523K.1 w/optocoupler
523K.2 w/out optocoupler
NOTE: E200 Outdoor Enclosure and N7 Explosion Proof Housing available
for all Models (see accessories section)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 33
Counters
520K-529K
520K-530K
Pulse Counters, Position Displays, Rate
Meters, Time Meters & Combinations
Counters
525K
526K
527K
528K
529K/530K
Adding Counter and
Tachometer
2 Display Counters
Display Counter and
Time meter
2 Time meters
Analog Displays
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking
• Overflow condition will
be indicated by 1 Hz
flashing of rate value
and leading zeros of
totalizer
• Count frequency up to
10kHz
• Indicates rate / sec or
min (1/Tau)
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (can be
disabled in the setup)
• Key to switch rate /
total display
• 1 count input
• 1 reset input
• Seperate multiplying factors for
totalizer & ratemeter
(0.00001...99.9999)
• Operating mode: Rate
meter: 1/Tau (average value at higher
frequencies)
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking
• Overflow indicated by
the leading zeros
• Count frequency up to
10kHz
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (can be
disabled in setup for
each counter seperately)
• Push-button for
switching between
counter 1 and counter
2
• 1 count input
• 1 reset input (programmable for each counter
seperately in setup)
• One multiplying factor
(0.00001...99.9999)
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking (Overflow shows leading
zeros)
• Lowest digit's decimal
flashes when timing
• Adding counter: Decimal point only optical
function
• Hour meter: Timing
in s, min, h or h.min.s
(programmable)
Decimal point fixes the
resolution
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (can
be seperately disabled
in the setup for each
channel )
• Push-button switches
adding counter / time
meter
• Count frequency up to
10kHz
• 1 count input
• Gate, start and stop
via 1 input (progammable)
• 1 reset input (can be
disabled in setup)
• Multiplying factor
(0.00001...99.9999)
• Display range
0..999999 with leading
zero blanking
• Active timing will be indicated by flashing the
lowest digit's decimal
point (one control)
• Timing in s, min, h
or h.min.s (programmable) Decimal point
fixes the resolution
(ex: 1, 0.1, 0.01, 0.001)
• SET-key resets the
counter to zero (can be
disabled in the setup)
• Push-button for
switching between
time meter 1 and 2
• Gate, start and stop
via 2 inputs (progammable)
• 1 reset input (programmable for each timer
seperately in setup)
• Display range
-19999..0..99999 with
leading zero blanking
• Resolution 14 bit
• 5 digit display
6 digit total display
(530K)
• 4 different resolutions
(0..20mA; 4..20mA;
0..10V or 2..10V)
• Scaling factor for
displayed value
• Automatic storage of
maximum and minimum value (can be
disabled in setup)
• Input to activate storing of displayed value
Order #: 526K.2
Order #: 525K.2
Order #:
529K.2 = Rate Display
Only
530K.2 = Rate and Total
Display
Order #: 528K.2
NOTE: E200 Outdoor Enclosure and N7 Explosion
Proof Housing available for all Models (see
accessories section)
Order #: 527K.2
Electrical characteristics:
• Supply Voltage: 10 to 30 VDC
• Data retention: EEPROM (1 million cycles or 10 years)
• Noise immunity acc. to EN 50081-2; EN55011 class B; EN 50082-2
• Ambient temperature: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to +50°C)
• Input sensitivity: Low: 0 to 1 VDC High: 4 to 30 VDC
• Input resistance: 10 k ohm
• Polarity of inputs: programmable for all inputs in common
• Optocoupler: Max 30VDC, 10 mA, 1V drop @ 10 mA
Page 34 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
520K Series Dimensions
Counters
Panel Mount (standard):
0.944"
(24mm)
1.88"
(48mm)
1.23456
0.759"max.
(19.3mm)
0.866"x1.77"
(22x45mm)
Panel Cutout: 0.876" x 1.78" (22.3 x 45.2mm)
or 0.99" x 1.97" (25 x 50mm) with adaptor provided
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.32"
(59mm)
0.157"
(4mm)
0.255"
(6.5mm)
Wall Mount (optional):
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 35
Features
• 5 Large Digits
• Visible Setpoint Number
• Counts Up With Output at Preset
• 5 Amp, Form C Switch
• Many Voltages Available
• Rugged Case (50 x 50 mm)
Applications:
For counting and controlling industrial processes and production quantities. Offers high noise immunity while displaying
number of items and preset number even if power is lost.
Description:
The BVA is a 5 digit preset counter loaded with features never
before offered. The BVA has 2 registers. One shows the set
point continuously. The other totalizes the incoming pulses.
At coincidence, a 5 Amp form C relay transfers. The totalizer
meanwhile continues adding any incoming pulses to the total
providing an accurate tally of overrun. One hand sets the
BVA. Simply push the conveniently located set buttons and
change the preset register. All standard voltages are available
in a 50 x 50 mm rugged plastic case.
Specifications:
COUNT INPUTS
Counting Mechanism
Wiring Diagram:
VoltageMax.Min.Min. Pulse
cps pulse
pulse ratio
duration interval
DC
10/s
25/s
40/s
60 ms
24ms
15ms
AC
10/s 50.0ms
18/s 27.7ms
On
time
Power
cnsmp.
3:2
3:2
3:2
100%
100%
60% 1.6W
3W
5.5W
50.0ms 1:1
27.7ms 1:1
100%
100%
2.2VA
3.0VA
40 ms
16ms
10ms
Digits: 5 digits, 0.195" high.
Preset Register: yellow numbers on black.
Totalizing Register: white numbers on black.
Termination: Push on connectors (supplied). Wire leads
optional.
Voltages:
6,12, 24, 48, 110DC ±10%
24, 48, 110, 220AC. ±15%
Switching: Form C contacts transfer after the total count
reaches the final half step of the preset number. Switch
remains transferred until reset. Totalizing may continue
without effect.
AC Load Max: 250VAC=5 Amps
DC Load Max: 24VDC=2 Amps
60VDC=.7 Amps
110VDC=.4 Amps
220VDC=.2 Amps
Arc suppression recommended for inductive loads.
Temperature: - 10 ° to 60 ° (+14 °F to 140°F) standard.
Page 36 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
N.O. 21
COMM. 20
N.C. 22
INPUT
Preset Counters
BVA
Electro-Mechanical
Preset Counters
(+)
1
(-)
2
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
F2DV Option:
0 Mounting Style:
0.26
(6.5)
1.97 (50)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
0.51
(13)
0.28
(7)
1.42
(36)
M
de 4
pt
h
8
0.98 (25)
0 1
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
1.97 (50)
1 7 2
21
20
22
0.51
(13)
1
2
0.41
(10.3)
0.67
(17.5)
2.58 (65.5)
1 Mounting Style:
0 1
0.08
(2)
1.42
(36)
0.30
(7.5)
2.20 (56)
M3
0.08
(2)
2.54
(64.5)
K2 Option:
M4x15
90°
0.23
(5.8)
1.97 (50)
1 7 2
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
0 2
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.68 (68)
2.36 (60)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
0.13
(3.2)
2.36 (60)
Silver plated push-on connector
9 3 1
3.13
(79.5)
0.51
(13)
0.28
(7)
2.07
(52.5)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
1.97 (50)
2 Mounting Style:
0.39
(10)
Silver plated push-on connector
0.08
0.30 (2)
(7.5)
2.17 (55)
0.28
(7)
1.42
(36)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
1.97 (50)
3 Mounting Style:
1 7 2
0 1
2.36 (60)
0.30
(7.5)
0.08
(2)
1.42
(36)
90°
0.33
(8.3)
0.28
(7)
1.97 (50)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
F2B Option:
9 3 1
0 2
1 7 2
0 1
M4
0.28
(7)
3.48 (88.5)
1.97 (50)
2.36 (60)
0.33
(8.3)
90°
0.17
(4.3)
2.48 (63)
2.13 (54)
1.97 (50)
2.48 (63)
2.95 (75)
Push-on connector
0.031 x 0.11 (0.8 x 2.8)
Flat pin
0.031 x 0.11 (0.8 x 2.8)
0.118
(3)
0.08
(2)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 2.52
(64)
Mounting
0 = Rear stud mount
1 = Screw panel
2 = Spring clip
3 = Large screw panel
Reset
1 = Manual push button
Voltages (specify)
12, 24, 48, 110 VDC
24, 48, 110 and 220 VAC
1.97 (50)
0 2
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
9 3 1
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.48 (63)
2.95 (75)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
M4
0.17
(4.3)
2.48 (63)
Silver plated push-on connector
2.07
(52.5)
0.26
(6.5)
How To Order:
EXAMPLE:BVA15 1 1 24VDC25CPS
Series
1.97 (50)
0 1
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
0 2
1 7 2
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.17 (55)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
9 3 1
3.11
(79)
2.13 (54)
Count Speeds (specify)
5, 10, 25 CPS DC
10, 18 CPS AC
Available Options (add to end of part number)
K2 - Silicon cover
F2 - Frame w/ Socket Box
F2DVS - Frame w/ locking cover
F2DV- Frame w/ knob cover
US - Key reset
N7 - Explosion proof
N7R - Explosion proof with Reset
DVS -Locking cover without Frame
DV - Knob cover without Frame
50 CPS (DC only)
RoHS Compliant
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 37
Preset Counters
0 2
Gasket
1.18 (30)
0.14
(3.5)
Silver plated push-on connector
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
9 3 1
F2DVS Option:
Preset Counters
CTF5
Features
• 5 Digit Counter, Timer or Frequency Meter
• Input Scaling (0.001 to 9.999) Multiplier
• Bright LED Display .295" (7.5 mm) High
• Count & Preset Range of -19999 to 99999
• Add or Subtract Count Control
• AC or DC Operation
• 10 Year Data Memory
• 24VDC to Power Peripherals
LED Preset Add/Subtr. Counter, Timer, Frequency Meter
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
Preset batch counting, length measuring, simple positioning,
time control, speed control, rate control.
Description:
The CTF5 is a LED preset counter, timer or frequency meter.
The following features are programmable: operating mode
(output at 0 or preset, with or without autoreset), decimal
point, polarity of input (NPN or PNP), output signal latched
or timed, gate time (frequency meter), time resolution (Hrs.,
Min., Sec; timer)
Inputs:
Input A, Input B: Count inputs. Max. count speed is 30 Hz
or 10 kHz separately selectable for both inputs.
Gate: Voltage level gate input;
Counter & Freq. Mode - inhibits counts when activated.
Timer Mode - Starts timing when activated.
Reset: Edge triggered reset input; it is connected in parallel
with the front reset key and resets the counter to 0 (add)
or preset (sub).
Latch: Voltage level input for display hold; when activated,
the display "freezes" the current count value while counting continues in the background. The display updates
when this input is de-activated.
Key: Voltage level keyboard lock input; when activated, all
front keys are disabled.
Selection of Basic Function:
1. Impulse Counter
2. Frequency Meter
3. Timer
Impulse Counter
Decimal Point: 0 to 3 (for display only)
Scaling Multiplier: 0.001 to 9.999
Output Signal: Timed signal (0.01 to 99.98 sec) or Latched
signal (00.0) selectable. (99.99 setting gives inverted
latched output- output activates at power on and deactivates when preset is reached)
Polarity: Negative (NPN) or positive (PNP) polarity of inputs.
Polarity selected applies to all inputs.
Page 38 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Input Modes:
E1:One count input (Input A) and one count direction input
(Input B). If direction input is open, the counter adds, if
it is activated the counter subtracts.
E2:Separate inputs, one up input (Input A) & one down
input (Input B).
E3:Quadrature input, accepts two pulse inputs 90° (±15%)
out of phase for direction control.
E4:Quadrature (x2) input, counts leading and falling edge of
input A.
Frequency Meter
Gate: Gate time selectable from (0.01 to 99.99 sec) All
pulses counted during this time will be displayed for one
gate time (i.e. gate time of 1 will display Hz).
Decimal Point: 0 to 3 (for display only)
Polarity: Negative (NPN) or positive (PNP) polarity of inputs.
Polarity selected applies to all inputs.
Input Modes: As described under Impulse Counter.
Scaling Multiplier: 0.001 to 9.999
Output Signal: Output activates for selected time (0.01 to
99.98 sec) when display reaches or exceeds preset
value; If output time setting is 00.00, the output will
activate when display reaches or exceeds the preset
and deactivate when below preset. (99.99 output setting
gives inverted latched output- output activates at power
on and deactivates when preset is reached)
Timer
Time Resolutions: Times in sec., min. or hrs. with resolution
in 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 or 1.0 (depending on decimal).
Polarity: Negative (NPN) or positive (PNP) polarity of inputs.
Polarity selected applies to all inputs. (Gate controls
timing)
Output Signal: Timed signal (0.01 to 99.98 sec) or Latched
signal (00.0) selectable. (99.99 output setting gives
run time control latched output- output activates only
while timer is running and deactivates when preset is
reached.)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Specifications:
Operating Voltage: (All voltages ± 10%)
A: 115VAC 50/60Hz
B: 220VAC 50/60Hz
C: 11 to 30 VDC
Power Consumption:
DC:100 mA max.
AC: 4 VA max.
Display: 7 segment LED 5 digit 0.295" (7.5 mm) high.
Count Speed: 30 Hz or 10 kHz (7.5 kHz for input mode E4
"Quad x2"); 1 kHz for autoreset without count loss (600
Hz for input mode E4 "Quad x2") separately dip-switch
selectable for both inputs.
Min. Pulse width for Control Inputs: 5 msec
Input Impedance: Approx. 10 kOhm
Input Sensitivity:
Logic "0": 0 to 1 VDC
Logic "1": 4 to 30 VDC
Control Output:
Relay: SPDT 3A relay, 250 VAC / 300 VDC max. Switching
current for DC min. 30 mA
Opto-Isolated Output: Open collector and emitter.
Max. Voltage: 30 VDC
Max. Current (ON state): 5 mA @ 0.4 V drop; 15mA @
2.0 V drop
Response Time:
Relay: Approx. 6 msec
Opto-Isolated: Approx. 1 msec
Output Power (AC powered units): 24 VDC -40% / +15%,
80mA, unregulated
Memory: min. 10 years or 106 memory cycles
Operating Temperature: 32°F to + 122°F (0°C to +50°C)
Noise Immunity: EN 55011 class B and prEN 50082-2
Storage Temperature: - 13°F to + 158°F (-25°C to +70°C)
Weight: Approximately 9 oz. (240g) (AC version with relay)
Protection: NEMA 4 /IP65 (front)
Approvals: UL File# E224909, CE Pending
Dimensions:
Terminal Designations:
AC Supply Wiring
Adaptor Bezels 1, 2 & 3 Supplied
Description
+24 VDC Output
0 VDC (Ground)
Relay - C (Opto Emitter)
Relay - NO
Relay - NC (Opto Collector)
AC Input
AC Input
TB-2
Term #
1
2
3
4
5
6
DC Supply Wiring
TB-2
TB-1
Term #
Term. # Description
1
1
No Connection
2
2
No Connection
3
3
Relay - C (Opto Emitter)
4
4
Relay - NO
5
5
Relay - NC (Opto Collector)
6
6
(+) 11-30 VDC Supply
7
(-) 0VDC Supply (Ground)
1.89
(48)
2.17
(55)
2.36
(60)
.63
(16)
Adaptor
Bezel 3
3.41
(86.5) .41 (10.5) Max.
.12
(3)
1.77
(45)
Panel Cutouts
1.77 x 1.77 (45 x 45) Basic Unit & Adaptor Bezel 1
1.97 x 1.97 (50 x 50) Adaptor Bezels 2 & 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
TB-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TB-1
Rear View
How To Order:
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Adaptor
Bezels 1 & 2
2.48
(63)
2.95
(75)
Designation
INPUT A
INPUT B
GATE INPUT
RESET
LATCH
KEY
Designation
INPUT A
INPUT B
GATE INPUT
RESET
LATCH
KEY
2.17
(55)
EXAMPLE CTF5 A
Series
Operating Voltage
A = 115 VAC
B = 230 VAC
C = 11 to 30 VDC
1
Outputs
0 = Relay
1 = Opto-Isolated collector and emitter
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 39
Preset Counters
TB-1
Term. #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1.89
(48)
Preset Counters
CTF16 / 17
Features
• 6-Digit Preset Counter with Sign & Scale
Factor
• Available with One or Two Presets
• Programmable as a Pulse Counter,
Frequency Meter or an Operating Time
Counter
• Wide-Range Power Supply 90-250 VAC
• Counting Speed up to 20 kHz
• Extremely Simple Use and Programming by
Means of Only 4 Keys
• RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485 Serial Interface
Applications:
Preset batch counting, length measuring, simple positioning, time
control, speed control, rate control.
Description:
The CTF16/17 is a LED preset counter, timer or frequency meter. The following features are programmable:
- Operating mode (counter, timer or ratemeter)
- Polarity of the inputs (NPN or PNP)
- Scale factor
- Output signals :continuous or pulse signal
- Frequency meter display mode : 1/s or 1/min
- Resolution in s, min, h or h:min:s
- Start and Stop for the time counter/hours meter
Inputs
2 counting inputs
The maximum frequency is 20 kHz (12 kHz for Quad Input);
30 Hz debounce setting for contact closure inputs.
GATE
Inhibits count, controls timer
RESET
Edge triggered, Resets the counter to zero when counting up,
and sets it to the preselected value when counting down. (Same
as front reset button)
KEY
The keys are locked as long as this input is ON. The P preselection display key remains active.
Outputs
1 or 2 potential-free relay or optocoupler outputs as ordered.
Programming
The CTF16/17 are programmed by means of the 4 front keys.
The display prompts simple and intuitive programming.
Programmable are:
Input polarity
Positive (PNP) or negative (NPN). The selection is valid for all
inputs.
Page 40 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
6 Digit LED Preset Add/Subtr.
Counter, Timer, Frequency Meter
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Pulse or time counting modes
- Adding with counting start at 0
- Subtracting with set to preset (CTF16) (preset 2 for CTF17)
- Adding with automatic reset
- Subtracting with automatic set to preset (preset 2 for CTF17)
Input types in pulse counter mode
Cnt. Dir
1 counting input; 1 counting direction input
uP. Dn
1 adding input; 1 subtracting input
quad
Phase discriminator to connect pulse sources with
2 signals shifted by 90°
quad2
Phase discriminator with double pulse processing,
to connect pulse sources with 2 signals shifted by
90°
Decimal places
Select one, two or three decimal places.
Scale factor
Multiplying scale factor between 0,0001 and 99,9999.
Output signal
Each output can be selected as an opening signal, a closing
signal or as a positive or negative pulse signal.
Time counter
Select time base of h, min, s or h:min:s. Set the resolution by
selecting up to 3 decimal places.
Frequency meter/Tachometer/Speed indicator
Display in 1/min or 1/s with automatic conversion.
Interfaces
The devices can be fitted with the optional RS 232, RS 422 or
RS 485 interfaces. These interfaces can be used to program
the devices as well as for remote reading. They are simply controlled by ESC sequences.
Explosion Proof Housing Option
• All functions corresponding to type 717 with relay output
• Sturdy, hard-coated aluminium housing with insert moulded
connection cables (2 x 3 m)
• Protection type: EEx d IIC T6
• PTB approval no.: Ex-96. D. 1024
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Specifications
Display: Presets: Counting inputs:
TERMINAL X1
Terminal No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AC Version
DC Version
No Connection; Relay Com (C) (emitter)*
No Connection; Relay N.O. (collector)*
Relay Output Common (C) †
(Emitter for optocoupler output version)
Relay Output N.O.†
Relay Output N.C.†
(Collector for optocoupler output version)
90 to 250 VAC
10 to 30 VDC
Supply Voltage
Supply Voltage
90 to 250 VAC
0 VDC (ground)
Supply Voltage
Supply Voltage
TERMINAL X2
Terminal No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AC Version
+ 24VDC Out
0 VDC (ground)
Input A
Input B
Reset
Gate
Key
* CTF17 Preset #1
† CTF17 Preset #2
DC Version
No Connection
No Connection
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Dimensions:
Panel Mount
2.36
(60)
1.89
(48)
1.89
(48)
2.17
(55)
2.17
(55)
Adaptor
Bezel 3
2.48
(63)
2.95
(75)
Adaptor
Bezels 1 & 2
.63
(16)
3.41
(86.5) .41 (10.5) Max.
.12
(3)
1.77
(45)
Panel Cutouts
1.77 x 1.77 (45 x 45) Basic Unit & Adaptor Bezel 1
1.97 x 1.97 (50 x 50) Adaptor Bezels 2 & 3
Adaptor Bezels 1, 2 & 3 Supplied
X2
Rear View
X1
Standard
How To Order:
EXAMPLE CTF 16 A 0
Series
No. of Outputs
16 = 1 Output
17 = 2 Outputs
Operating Voltage
A = 90 to 250 VAC
B = 10 to 30 VDC
Outputs
0 = Relay(s)
1 = Opto Coupler(s)
Otions
Blank = none
5 = RS-232 Serial Interface
6 = RS-422 Serial Interface
7 = RS-485 Serial Interface
With Serial
Comm. Option
5
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 41
Preset Counters
6 digits, 7 segment LED’s, height 8 mm
2 preset values for model CTF17
1 preset value for model CTF16
2 counting inputs, 4 types of programmable inputs
Polarity of the inputs: programmable, common to all inputs
Input resistance: Approximately 10 kΩ
Max. frequency:
20 kHz, can be set to 30 Hz for contact
closure inputs
Minimum pulse duration for control inputs: 5 ms
Input switching level: Log ‘’0'’: 0 to 1V
Log ‘’1'’: 4 to 30V
Pulse shape: any shape (Schmitt-trigger)
Output : Programmable output state (energised
(N.C.) or de-energised (N.O.))
NOTE: When high to low output selected
(
), the output is activated when
unit is powered and display is below preset. This may appear reversed.
Relay:
CTF16: 1 SPDT
CTF17: 1 SPDT; 1 SPST
Switching power:
250 V @ 3A Max
DC Max 50 Watts, Min 30mA
Optocoupler: Off: 30 VDC max
On: 2V @ 15mA, 0.4V @ 5mA
Supply voltage:
90 to 250 VAC, 5VA max, or
10 to 30 VDC, 1W max
Supply voltage output for external sensors:
24 VDC, 100mA (AC versions)
Accuracy of speed indicator mode: < 0,1 %
Accuracy of timer mode: ± 50 ppm
Output response time:Relay: approximately 7 ms
Optocoupler: approximately 2 ms
Data storage:
at least 10 years or 106 recording cycles
Interference immunity:EN 61000-3-3, EN 55011 class B and EN
50082-2 with shielded control lines
Operating temp.: -10°C..+50°C
Storage temp.:
-25°C..+70°C
Weight:
approximately 200 g. (AC version & relay)
Protection: NEMA4 (IP 65) Front Panel
Preset Counters
KEPTROL
Features
• Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
• Counts Up To 100 kHz
• 8 Digit Display
• Input Scaling
• Batch Counter
• DC Output to Power Peripherals Sensors
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Sealed Front Panel
Applications:
Metering, Rate Monitoring, Cut to Length, Coil Winding,
Batch control, all in one programmable unit.
Description:
Featuring 8 digits of bright .55 inch alpha-numeric
display, the KEPtrol can accept up to 100,000 pulses per
second of digital count or rate data, and time in keyboard
selected ranges of 1/10,000 of a second to hours. The unit
can multiply the input from 0.0001 to 99.9999 to easily understood units of measurement and give two control outputs
at separate set points.
Selection of counter, timer or rate meter function as well
as input scaling, timer frequency, preset levels, output timing
and special security number are entered on the sealed front
keypad by following instructions written on the display.
The unit operates from either 110 VAC /12 to 27 VDC
or optional 220 VAC /12 to 27 VDC. If AC power is used,
two built-in regulated 12 VDC ~100 mA power supplies are
offered. They can be connected to provide + 12 VDC and
-12 VDC or + 24 VDC to drive external devices. CMOS
logic is used to provide high noise immunity and low power
consumption with EEPROM to hold data a minimum of 10
years if power is interrupted.
Integrating the KEPtrol with computers or programmable
controllers is made easy by optional RS232 or RS422 interface. Up to 15 units can be addressed separately to set
control points or access data through the I/0 ports.
Specifications:
Display: 8 digit .55" high, 15 segment red orange LED.
Input Power: A: 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 27 VDC. B: 220
VAC ± 15% or 12 to 27 VDC.
Current: Max. 280 mA DC or 5.3 VA at rated AC voltage.
Output Power: (on AC powered units only): + 12 VDC
@100 mA. Separate isolated 12 VDC @100 mA to allow
±12VDC or +24 VDC, regulated ± 5% worst case.
Memory: EEPROM stores all program and count data for
minimum of 10 years if power is lost.
Approvals: CE Approved
Page 42 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Counter, Timer or Ratemeter
Pulse Inputs: Various inputs may be ordered from standard plug-in input cards.
2A:Simultaneous Pulses:
Use for count or rate modes only. Separate pulses
on input A count up, pulses on input B count down
without loss of count even if pulses come at the
same time. Open or 0 to 1VDC (low), 3 to 30VDC
(high), 10 kOhm impedance. Max speed 10KHz (min.
on/off .05 msec) (Internal switch to select debounce
filtering to max. speed of 40, 400, or 10K Hz) (Board
#2102)
3A: Standard. High Impedance Up/down Control. Use
for count, time and rate modes. Input A accepts all
pulses for count, rate, time stop. Input B controls direction of count (low: counts down, high: counts up), starts
timer. Open or 0 to 1 VDC (low), 3 to 30VDC (high) 10K
Ohm impedance. 100 kHz max. speed (min on/off 5
sec., 13µsec, if direction is changed). Min 13 µsec delay
required after up/down level change before count pulse.
May be used with KEP encoder 715-2.
3B:Same as 3A input but has 4.7K Ohm input pull up resistors to +5VDC on inputs A and B for pulsing with contact
to ground or NPN open collector transistor.
3C: High Impedance Separate Up/down: Use for count or
rate modes only. Same specs as input 3A but separate
pulses on input A count up, pulses on input B count
down. Inputs must be normally low. (If input A is high,
input B counts up on positive edge. If input B is high input
A counts down on positive edge). May be used with KEP
encoder 715-1.
3D: Same as 3C input but has 4.7K Ohm input pull-up resistors to 5VDC on inputs A and B.
NOTE: Inputs 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D as well as debounce filtering
to max. speed of 40, 400 or 100 kHz are selectable by
internal switches on any series 3 input card.
4A: Optically Isolated Up/down Control 5 to 12VDC: Use for
count, time and rate modes. Input A accepts all pulses
for count, rate, time stop. Input B controls direction of
count (low: counts down, high: counts up), starts timer.
Open or 0 to 1.5VDC (low), 5 to 12VDC (high), 1.1K
Ohm impedance. Max speed 1500 Hz (min. on/off .33
msec. Min. count delay after up/down change.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Ratemeter: Accurate to 51/2 digits ± 1 display digit. It can be
programmed to accept almost any number of pulses per unit
of measurement, sample from 2 to 24 seconds maximum,
perform weighted averaging from 0.0 to 9.9. [(old data x wt
+ new data ÷ wt. + 1)] and auto-range up to 6 digits of significant information. Two levels of preset are standard. Outputs
are active at or above the preset rate and return to the rest
state when reading drops below the preset rate.
Counter: 8 digits of count with 2 levels of preset or 1 level of
count preset and 1 level of batch preset Counter is designed
to advance on negative edge of pulse. Choose between
reset to zero or set to preset. Other choices include; manual
reset, auto recycle at preset A, alternate action (counts to
preset A, activates output A, counts to preset B, drops out
output A.) or batcher. In the batch mode, the unit counts
to preset A, activates output A, recycles and advances
separate batch counter one count. At a preset number of
batches output B is activated until batch counter is reset. At
any time the display can be made to flash the batch total by
pressing ENT while the unit is running. Activating CLR while
the batch total is flashing resets the batch counter and the
B preset output.
Timer: Choose from 1 to 10,000 pulses per second or minute basic time base with accuracy to +.015% and scale base
from 0.0001 to 99.9999 to time in seconds, minutes, hours or
days. Timing is controlled by positive edge of signal by one
of three ways selected on the keypad:
Level: Times while input B signal is high
Pulsed: One positive pulse on input B starts timer, second positive pulse on input B stops timer
Start-Stop: Positive pulse on Input B starts timer, positive pulse on input A stops timer.
Once the time base is selected and the timing started, the
unit operates much as a counter. All the features listed under
“Counter” are available with the timer. (See section under
“Counter” operating modes)
Relay: Control output timing is selected by pressing D until
the RELAY mode is selected and entered. Time duration
from .1 to 9.9 seconds (or 00 for latch output) may be entered
for A and B outputs. Once the output has been activated, unit
must be reset before another output will occur. The control
output timing is independent of the counter/timer reset which
is selected under its setup modes. In the RATE MODE of
operation the outputs are active at or above the preset rate
and return to the rest state when the reading drops below
the preset rate.
Lockout: Unauthorized front panel changes can be prevented by entering a user selected 4 digit code in the LOCKOUT
mode. The status of the unit can be observed but “LOCKOUT” appears if changes are attempted. Entering the code
returns the unit to “LOCK OFF” status.
Outcard: RS232 or RS422 serial 2 way communication
options are available. Up to 15 units can be linked together
and addressed separately to transmit unit status or accept
new set points in the standard ASCII format. Baud rates
of 300, 600,1200, 2400, 4800 or 9600 as well as choice of
odd, even, space or mark parity can be selected by keypad
control.
Opt 1: RS 232 serial interface.
Opt 2: RS 422 serial interface.
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 43
Preset Counters
4B: Same as 4A, but input voltage is open or 0 to 2 VDC
(low), 12 to 24 VDC (high), impedance 2.2K Ohm.
4C: Optically Isolated Separate Up/down, 5 to 12VDC: Use
for count or rate mode only. Same specs as input 4A,
but separate pulses on input A count up, pulses on input
B count down. Inputs must be normally low. (If input A
is high, input B counts up on negative edge If input B is
high, input A counts down on positive edge).
4D: Same as input 4C but input voltage is open or 0 to 2 VDC
(low) 12 to 24 VDC (high), impedance 2.2K Ohm.
NOTE Inputs 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D as well as debounce filtering to
max. speed of 40 or 1500 Hz are selectable by internal
switches on any series 4 input cards. (#2098)
9A: Quadrature Input: Use for count or rate mode only. Accepts pulses 90° out of phase for up/down counting.
Open or 0 to 1VDC (low), 3 to 30 VDC (high), 10K Ohm
impedance, 20 kHz max speed (min on/off .025 msec)
(Internal switch to select debounce filtering to max.
speed of 40, 400 or 20 kHz.) (Board #2135) May be used
with KEP 716 encoder
1A:Quad (x2) 5-30 VDC
1B:Quad (x4) 5-30 VDC
Reset: Front push-button CLR and remote reset input
requirements follow pulse input selected. High level reset
overrides other inputs. Min. on time, 5 msec.
Scaling: Any input from an external source or the internal
time base can be multiplied by any number from 0.0001 to
99.9999. Press C to see scale factor. To change scale factor,
press CLR and key in new factor. Press ENT to load in the
displayed factor.
Preset: Two levels (8 digits) or one preset (8 digits) and one
batch preset (8 digits). The preset numbers can be displayed
or updated at any time by pressing A (preset A) or B (preset
B). Enter the flashing preset number or press CLR and key
in a new number and ENT to enter it. Output time from 0.1
sec. to 9.9 sec. or latched till reset is selected by RELAY
mode set up.
NOTE The RATE METER mode has a floating decimal point. If a preset with a decimal is needed in the RATE METER
mode only, use D to key in a decimal when setting up preset
numbers. Outputs are active at or above preset rate and “off”
below preset rate.
Control Outputs: (each of 2 outputs).
1. NPN transistor version: (Standard) Open collector sinks
max. 250 mA from max. 30 VDC when active. (when relay is
used, 10 VDC is provided at transistor outputs through relay
coil. If greater than 2 mA is used, relay will remain energized.
Applying greater than 10 VDC may destroy unit. Transistor
will sink 100 mA in “on” state.)
2. SPDT Relay version: 10A 120/240 VAC or 28 VDC
Temperature: Operating +32°F (0°C) to +130 °F (+54°C).
Storage: -40°F (-40°C) to + 200°F ( + 93°C)
Mode Selection: All following functions are selected by front
keypad. Following prompts written on the display, choose
the basic device type, relay output operation, outcard data
interface and panel lockout security code.
How To Order:
Preset Counters
EXAMPLE KP8 A
Series
KP8
3A
2
A
Mounting:
2
Operating Voltage
A: 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 27 VDC
B: 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 27 VDC
A
Control Inputs
2A:Simultaneous, 3 to 30 VDC
10KHz max., Count and rate models only
3A:Standard, High impedance, Up/down control:
3 to 30 VDC, 100KHz max. Use for all models.
3B:As 3A, with 4.7KΩ pull up resistors.
3C:As 3A, with separate Up and Down inputs
3D:As 3C, with 4.7KΩ pull up resistors.
4A:Standard, Opto-isolated up/down control
5 to 12 VDC: 1500Hz max. Use for all models.
4B:As 4A, but to 12 to 24 VDC
9A:Quadrature, 3 to 30 VDC, 20KHz max.
Count and rate models only.
1A:Quad (x2) 5-30 VDC
1B:Quad (x4) 5-30 VDC
B
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CLR
0
SET
3.31
(84)
8.17
(207.5)
0.53
(13.5)
2.48
(63)
(NOM.)
6.0
(152.4)
(NOM.)
7.375
(187.3)
Control Outputs
1: Open collector (NPN)
2: SPDT relay 10A
(NOM.)
Input Speed
A: 0-40 Hz (relay or snap action switch), inputs 2,3, 4, 9
C: 0-400 Hz (reed switch), inputs 2, 3, 9
D: 0-1500 Hz (opto-solid state), input 4
E: 0-10 KHz (solid state), inputs 2, 3, 9
F: 0-20 KHz (quad-solid state), input 9
G: 0-100 KHz (hi-speed solid state) input 3
Options
1: RS232 serial interface
2: RS422 serial interface
Terminations:
1• Opto Input Common
2• Not Used
3• Input B (Cnt Dwn, Up/Dn Ctrl, Start)
4• Input A (Cnt Up, Rate, Time Stop)
5• Reset Input
6• Not Used
7• Not Used
8• Not Used
9• Not Used
10• Not Used
11• Ground (-DC)
12• Ground (-DC)
13• +12 Volts Out
14• +DC Power In
15• Isolate -12 Volts
16• Isolate +12 Volts
17• AC In
18• AC In
19• Preset B Transistor
20• Preset A Transistor
R1• N.O.
R2• N.C.
R3• Common
R4• N.O.
R5• N.C.
R6• Common
Page 44 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
7.375 -0, +0.04
(187.3 -0, +1)
PANEL
CUTOUT
2.50 -0, +0.02
(63.5 -0, +0.5)
A
B
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
POSITROL
Preset Counters
Features
• 2 Control Set Points with Selectable Start
Point
Low Cost, Pulse Input
Position Monitor
• 5 Digit Floating Point Decimal Scaling Factor
• Display From -99999 to 999999
• Pulse Input - 30 kHz Maximum
• Separate Up and Down Inputs
• Quadrature & Pulse Input with Up/down
Control
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Sealed Front Panel
Application:
Any position monitoring application where 2 alarm setpoints and a 6 digit LED display is needed, such as blade
positioning, box making and many other machine shop
and industrial applications.
Description:
Featuring 6 digits of bright, 7-segment LED displays, the Positrol is a position monitor which accepts signal inputs up to 30 kHz. A 5 digit floating decimal scale
factor allows a readout in true engineering units. The
unit has two, programmable alarm set points from -99999
to 999999 and a selectable start point. These setpoints
control two 5 Amp relays. A two stage panel lock prohibits menu changes from unauthorized personnel.
Specifications:
Display: 6 digit, .55" high, 7 segment, red orange, LED.
Input Power:
110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC.
220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC.
Current: 300 mA DC max or 8.0 VA at rated AC voltage.
Output Power: (AC powered units only)
+ 12VDC @ 50mA unregulated -10 +50%
Temperature:
Operating: +32°F (0°C) to +130°F (+54°C).
Storage: -40°F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C).
Memory: EEPROM stores data for ten years if power is
lost.
Inputs: DC pulse input open or 0-1 VDC (low), 4-30
VDC (high), 30 kHz speed max.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Reset:
Front Panel: resets display to view (start) value.
Remote: 4-30VDC positive edge, Resets display to view
(start) value.
Lockout: Unauthorized front panel changes can be
prevented by entering a user selected, 5 digit code. The
lockout feature can be programmed to lock the entire
front panel or lock the menu items and leave the presets
and reset accessible. In either mode the locked items
can be viewed but not changed.
Control Outputs: 2 each N.O. Relays - 5 Amp @
120/240 VAC or 28 VDC. (N.C. Relay contacts or NPN
sink from 10 VDC to .5 VDC @ 100 mA available with
solder jumpers). The output will remain active when the
display is equal to or greater than the set point. If the
display falls below the set point, the output becomes inactive.
Set Points: Two control set points are provided. The set
points can be programmed for any number from minus
99999 to plus 999999. The Positrol will recognize new
set point values without the need to reset the unit. The
unit also has a starting point which can be viewed or
changed by pressing the "view" button. When the reset
is activated, the display will reset to the view (start) value.
Shipping Weight: 2 pounds.
Approvals: CE Approved
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 45
Typical Application:
Dimensions:
Preset Counters
3.925
(99.7)
POSITROL
230 ENCODER
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
CHANNEL A
CHANNEL B
+ DC (RED)
COMMON (BLK)
MODEL 230 4.437
(112.7)
1 COMMON
2 N.O.(N.C. / NPN)
3 COMMON
4 N.O.(N.C. / NPN)
5 A INPUT
6 B INPUT
7
8
9
10
11
12
12V OUTPUT/+DC INPUT
-DC (GROUND)
RESET INPUT
NOT USED
A.C. INPUT
A.C. INPUT
HOLLOW SHAFT
2.625
(66.68)
4.245
(107.8)
0.587
(14.91)
QUADRATURE ENCODER
The POSITROL position monitor can be used in many
position applications. When two units are used, both X
and Y axes positions can be monitored. The application below involves monitoring of the X axis only.
In this application the STOP position on a
sheet metal shear must be monitored. A KEP model
230 quadrature encoder was placed on the screw drive
shaft. The Encoder outputs 100 pulses per revolution.
Each revolution of the screw drive equals a .15 inch
movement of the STOP. To calculate the scale factor
simply divide 100 by .15 (100 ÷ .15) = 666.66 pulses
per inch. This would be the scale factor if the display
was to be read in inches.
In this application, the STOP movement must
be accurate to .01 inches. Therefore the factor 666.66
must be divided by 100 (666.66 ÷ 100) = 6.6666 pulses
per .01 inch. Enter 6.6666 for the scaling factor.
The unit has two alarm set points which activate two relays. The unit also has a programmable
preset starting point. At any time the preset start point
can be viewed or changed by pressing the view button.
The two relay outputs can be used to signal alarms
when the desired position has been reached.
The POSITROL is the perfect solution for position monitoring applications where a low cost, scalable
monitor is needed.
Page 46 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
BEZEL
GASKET
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
3.622
(92)
1.772
(45)
How To Order:
SAMPLE: PM2
A
Series
PM2 Position Monitor
3
Operating Voltage
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Inputs
3 = Separate Up / Down Inputs
5 = One Count Input, One Up / Down Control
9 = Quadrature
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
SHIFT-TROL
Application:
Any piece-work application where several production shifts
must be monitored. The Shift-trol shift monitor is especially
useful in the Textile industry.
Description:
Featuring 6 digits of bright, 7-segment LED displays, the
Shift-trol is a shift monitor which accepts signal inputs up
to 10 kHz. The 5 digit dividing scale factors allow readouts
in true engineering units. The unit has two, programmable
alarm set points. These setpoints control two 5 Amp relays.
A two stage panel lock prohibits menu changes from unauthorized personnel.
Specifications:
Display: 6 digit, .55" high, 7 segment, red orange, LED.
Input Power:
A) 110VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC.
B) 220VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC.
C) 24VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC.
Current: maximum 300 mA DC or 8.0 VA at rated AC voltage.
Output Power: (AC powered units only)
+12VDC @ 50mA unregulated -10 +50%
Temperature:
Operating: +32°F (0°C) to +130°F (+54°C).
Storage: -40°F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C).
Shift Counters: 5 digit display with a 5 digit dividing scale
factor. The unit can monitor up to 4 separate shifts and can
be ordered with a selectable fifth shift, grand total of shifts or
a run time meter. Pressing the view button allows the operator to alternately view each shift, the preset counter, the ratemeter and the selected fifth shift, grand total or run time.
Input Signals:
Preset Counters
Features
• Monitor Up to 4 Separate Shifts
• Separate 5 Digit Preset Counter
• 5 Digit Scaling Factors For Shifts and
Preset Counter
• Pulse Input - 10 kHz Maximum
• EEPROM Memory Stores All Program &
Data Values For 10 Yrs.
• 1/8 DIN Cutout
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Sealed Front Panel
Low Cost, Pulse Input
Productivity Shift Monitor
Preset Counter: 5 digit display with a 5 digit dividing scale
factor. Two, 5 digit, programmable setpoints are available for
output control. Display flashes when either output is active.
Ratemeter: Accurate to 4 1/2 digits. The ratemeter displays
the RPM (rate per minute) of the raw input data.
Memory: EEPROM stores data for ten years if power is lost.
Reset:
Front Panel: resets displayed value and updates averaged rate
to new sample.
Two Level Remote: 4-30VDC positive edge (Min. on: 12 msec.);
1. (Pin 9) Resets preset counter and control output only. 2. (Pin
6)-"Input B": Resets displayed value and updates averaged rate
to new sample.
Lockout: Unauthorized front panel changes can be prevented
by entering a user selected, 5 digit code. The lockout feature
can be programmed to lock the entire front panel or lock the
menu items and leave the presets and reset accessible. In either mode the shifts can be changed and the locked items can
be viewed but not changed.
Serial Communications: RS232 or RS422 serial communication options are available. Up to 99 units can be networked
to a computer and individually accessed. Information can be
retrieved as well as sent to any single unit in the loop. A programmable print list is provided for strobed data transmission
to printers and other peripheral devices.
Control Outputs:
2 each N.O. Relays - 5 Amp @ 120/240 VAC or 28 VDC. (N.C.
Relay contacts or NPN sink from 10 VDC to .5 VDC @ 100 mA
available with solder jumpers). The output will activate when
the display is equal to or greater than the set point.
Shipping Weight: 2 pounds.
Approvals: CE Approved
4 to 30 VDC pulses (open or 0-1V low; 4-30V high).
MIN. ON/OFF PULSE WIDTH: (Pin 5)
High CPS: .05 msec. 10 kHz max.)
Low CPS: 12.5 msec. (40 Hz max.)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 47
WIRING
RELAYS
1 COMMON
2 N.O. (N.C./NPN)
3 COMMON
4 N.O. (N.C./NPN)
5 A INPUT
6 B INPUT
7 12 V OUTPUT/ + DC INPUT
8 - DC (GROUND)
9 RESET INPUT
10 NOT USED
11 AC INPUT
12 AC INPUT
Preset Counters
TYPICAL APPLICATION:
A
NEED:
A company in the textile industry has a rib machine for which
four shifts and machine run time must be monitored. To
achieve optimum production, the monitoring system must also
include the speed of the machine as well as a preset counter
(doff counter).
This system will be installed in several rib
machines. The individual systems must be networked together
allowing a host computer to access processing and data
information.
B
SHIFT-TROL
COUNT
POWER
GROUND
SOLUTION:
The company purchased the Shift-trol (ST3A1) and the D08P
proximity sensor. The prox. sensor was mounted to sense
each rotation of the machines shaft. It takes 579 rotations of
the shaft for one yard of material to be produced. Therefore
the scaling factor for the shifts was set at 579. The preset
counter (doff counter) is to read in tenths of hanks. Therefore
the scaling factor for the preset counter was set at 27792 (579
x 48; "48 yards in a tenth of a hank"). The Shift-trols were
ordered with RS232 communication and were linked to a host
computer. Each Shift-trol was assigned a unique ID number
so each work station can be individually addressed. All of the
process and data information can be accessed and recorded
by the host computer.
D08P
(Prox. Sensor)
RIB MACHINE
HOST COMPUTER
DIMENSIONS:
How To Order:
3.925
(99.7)
EXAMPLE: ST3
Series
ST0: 3 shifts, no scaling,
1 separate preset counter
with 1 control output
A
1
ST1: 3 shifts, scaling,
1 separate preset counter
with 1 control output
ST2: 3 shifts, scaling,
1 separate preset counter
with 2 control outputs
4.437
(112.7)
2.625
(66.68)
0.587
(14.91)
BEZEL
GASKET
ST4: 3 shifts, scaling,
1 separate preset counter with 2 control outputs,
1 separate ratemeter with separate scaling,
selectable: Grand Total, 4th Shift or Run Time.
4.245
(107.8)
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
3.622
(92)
1.772
(45)
Page 48 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
ST3: 4 shifts, scaling,
1 separate preset counter with 2 control outputs,
1 separate RPM ratemeter of unscaled input data,
selectable: Grand Total, 5th Shift or Run Time.
Operating Voltage
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C= 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Options
1 = RS232 Communications
2 = RS422 Communications
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
KALTROL-SP
Self Powered, Preset Counter
Replaces Electro-Mech. Counters
Preset Counters
Features
• Internal Battery Powered (8 years)
• Programmable N.O. or N.C. Relay Output
• Replaces Electro-Mechanical Units
• 6 Digit LCD Display
• Main & Lower LCD Displays Indicate Counter
and Preset Values without External Power
• Add or Subtract Count Control
• Optically Isolated Count and Reset Inputs
Applications:
Batch counting and control, coil winding and wire cutting, length
measurement, packing-line control, stop/start control and numerical
position control.
Specifications:
Display: 2 lines of 6 digits, black on silver background. Main display
.275" (7mm); indicates count value. Bottom display .157" (4mm);
shows preset set point, "output on" and "low battery" indicators.
Preset Point: Single preset, user selectable: count up with output
at preset (add), or count down with output at 0 (sub).
Reset: Manual, electrical and automatic. User selectable for reset
to zero (add) or reset to the preset value (sub).
Inputs: (Count & Reset)
Count Speed: Max. 35 Hz (min. 14 mSec On/Off)
Reset: Edge Triggered, Minimum pulse 50 mSec
Optocoupled (STD) KAT-SP:
Low: Open or 0 to 2V
High: 12-250 VAC/VDC
Input Impedance: 100 kΩ
Switch Closure (Option S) KAT-SPS:
Low: 0 to 0.8V
High: Open or 2 to 5 VDC
Sink Current 5 mA, (DO NOT EXCEED 5 VDC)
Programming: Via six front-panel digit keys (one key assigned to
each digit) and one front-panel reset key.
Output: Relay (N.O. or N.C.) self latching, contacts rated at 2A
@ 30VDC, 0.5A @ 240VAC resistive load. In the manual reset
mode (loop off), the output will remain latched until reset. In the
auto-reset (loop on) mode the output will remain "on" for a user
selectable time delay (100 to 500 msec.).
Batteries: Two internal, customer replaceable 3V lithium batteries
provide power and data retention for up to 8 years (calculated at
5 x 106 power operations @ 25°C).
Battery Monitor: Subsidiary display shows LO-BAT when batteries
require replacement.
Noise Immunity: To VDE 843, Part 4, Severity 3
Temperature Range:
Operating: +14°F to +122°F (-10°C to +50°C)
Storage: -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C)
Protection: Front Panel is NEMA 4/IP65 sealed
Weight: Approx. 80 g
Approvals: CE Approved
Operating The Counter:
Setting or Resetting
Press the red SET button or apply a pulse to the reset input to set
the counter to zero (add) or the preset (sub).
Presetting
The preset is displayed on the lower line of the display. To set the
preset, use the 6 keys assigned to the 6 digits. The unit must be
reset to accept the new preset value.
Overflow and Underflow
In the adding mode the overflow is 999999 to 0; In the subtracting
mode it is 0 to 999999. The output signal remains unaffected.
Lo-Bat Indicator
When the battery charge is too low, "Lo-bat" will appear on the
lower line of the display and flash in 2 second intervals. When
"Lo-bat" is indicated, the batteries should be replaced as soon
as possible.
Changing the Batteries
Push the battery cover back and remove the batteries. Insert the
replacement batteries making certain that the polarity is correct
(observe "-" terminal on PCB).
Note:If the battery replacement takes longer than 7 minutes, the
count, preset and program parameters will be lost. If this
occurs, the unit will automatically enter the programming
mode upon battery installation.
KAT-SP Wiring Connections:
(Standard KAT-SP Opto Input)
12 - 250
VAC/VDC
Close to disable
front keypad
Input Common
Reset
Count Input
Relay
Relay
Keypad Lock
+3V
KAT-SPS Wiring Connections:
(Optional KAT-SPS Switch Closure Input)
Close to disable
front keypad
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Input Common (0V)
Reset
Count Input
Relay
Relay
Keypad Lock
+3V
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 49
Preset Counters
Entering Programming Mode:
Press the reset key together with the keys of decade 5 and 6 to
enter the programming mode. On the lower line of the display the
message "INIT" appears together with a down counter subtracting
from 5 to 0 seconds. If the keys are released when the counter
equals 5, the display will enter an LCD test. Releasing the keys
at any time when the counter is greater than one, the display will
return to the operating mode. If the keys are released after reaching zero, the programming mode will become active.
Setting the Operational Parameters:
Key 1 allows the user to choose requested functions within the
parameters (i.e. add/subtract). Key 6 selects the displayed choice
and advances to the next selection. After the last parameter "dp",
the program jumps to the beginning. To exit the programming
mode, the user must step through all the parameters (from beginning to end) with NO CHANGES at all.
Programming Flowchart:
648732
lo - bat
648732
8 5 0 .0 0 0
6
R
Press reset key together w/ keys 5 & 6
Battery change
5
init 5
<5
init 1
time for bat. change
<1
>7 min.
init
=5
LCD test
888888
. . .
count
: 8 8 8 . 8 .8 . 8
add
loop
off
NOTE: Whenever the programming mode is entered, the program jumps to the beginning, the previous parameters
will be lost and the count and preset will be zeroed. If a
battery change takes longer than 7 minutes, the display
will automatically advance to the programming mode.
relay
100
6
Change
selection
Dimensions:
dp
1
sub
6
loop
1
on
relay
1
menun! changes made
6
delay
Step to next menu item
count
1
6
no
0
<7 min.
delay
1
500
6
dp
1
0.000
6
648732
0
8 5 0 .0 0 0
0
1.89
(48)
Menu Prompts:
1.89
(48)
2.17
(55)
2.17
(55)
2.36
(60)
count sub
Counter will count down from preset
and output at zero
loop on
Counter will Auto-reset at preset (add);
zero (sub).
loop off
Counter will continue to count past
preset (add); zero (sub).
relay n!
Relay is normally closed (opens at
preset)
relay no
Relay is normally opened (closes at
preset)
2.48
(63)
2.64
(67)
.41 (10.5) Max.
.12
(3)
1.77
(45)
Panel Cutout:
Bezel Size
1.89 x 1.89 (48 x 48)
2.17 x 2.17 (55 x 55)
2.95 x 2.36 (75 x 60) Adaptor bezels supplied:
Counter will count up and output at
preset
Adaptor
Bezels
2.95
(75)
.63
(16)
count add
delay 100-500 The output delay (duration) in msec.,
ignore if loop off.
dp
Cutout
1.77 x 1.77 (45 x 45)
1.97 x 1.97 (50 x 50)
1.77 x 1.77 (45 x 45)
1.97 x 1.97 (50 x 50)
w/ Screw Holes
2.17 x 2.17 (55 x 55) or 2.95 x 2.36 (75 x 60)
Page 50 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Decimal Point location 0 to 0.000
How To Order:
KAT-SP (opto input)
KAT-SPS (switch closure input)
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
KATSP-BAT Replacement Battery (2 required)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
903K & 904K
Preset Counters
Features
• 6 Digit Counter, Timer or Frequency Meter
• 2 Preset Values (Type 903K 1 Preset)
• Input Scaling (0.0001 to 9.9999) Multiplier
• 2-Line LCD Display
• Count & Preset Range of -999999 to 999999
• Add or Subtract Count Control
• AC or DC Operation
• Secondary Preset Batch Counter (904K)
• 24VDC to Power Peripherals
LCD Preset Add/Subtr. Counter, Timer, Frequency Meter
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
Preset batch counting, length measuring, simple positioning,
time control, speed control, rate control.
Outputs:
2 potential-free outputs (Type 903: 1 output), versions
with relay or optocoupler available.
Programming:
Types 903 and 904 are programmed by 4 front panel
keys secured by a side dip switch. Easy setup is assured
by selection of menu prompts on the display. The changing of presets by the front panel keys can be inhibited by
external "Key" input.
Input Polarity:
Positive (PNP) or negative (NPN). The selected polarity
applies to all inputs in common.
Operating modes, Impulse Counter and Timer:
• adding, starting at zero, manual or automatic reset
• subtracting, starting at the preset value (Type 903)
respect. at preset value 2 (Type 904), manual or automatic reset.
Description:
The 903K/904K Series is a LCD preset counter, timer or frequency meter. The following features are programmable:
• operating mode, polarity of inputs, input mode, multiplying factor, decimal point.
• output signals to be permanent or timed
• automatic reset
• gate time when programmed as a frequency meter
• timer resolution (s, min, h or h:min:s)
Inputs:
INP A, INP B
Count inputs. Max. count frequency 30 Hz or 1 0 kHz;
separately selectable for both of these inputs.
Gate:
Level input; no counting while this input is activated.
Reset:
Edge triggered input; it is connected in parallel to the red
reset key and sets the counter to zero (adding mode) or
to the preset value (subtracting mode).
Key:
Level voltage input locks keypad.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Input modes, Impulse Counter and Frequency Meter:
• E1: 1 count input, 1 count direction input
• E2: 1 count input up, 1 count input down
• E3: quadrature input
• E4: quadrature input with pulse doubling
Decimal places:
The values may be displayed without, with one, two or
three decimal places.
Scaling factor:
A scaling multiplier of 0.0001 ... 9.9999 may be programmed to display desired units of measure.
Output signal:
Selectable as a NO contact, NC contact, positive, negative, latched or timed (0.01 s to 99.99 s).
Gate time (Frequency Meter):
Selectable from 0.01 s to 99.99 s.
Hour Meter:
Timing in h, min or s, with a resolution of 0.001, 0.01,
0.1,1.0 or h:min:s.
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 51
Dimensions:
2.36
(60)
Preset Counters
1.89
(48)
Adaptor
Bezels 1 & 2
2.95
(75)
2.48
(63)
AC Supply Wiring
Term #
Description
1
No Connection
2
No Connection
3
Relay - C (Opto Emitter) 4
Relay - NO
5
Relay - NC (Opto Collector) 6
AC Input
7
AC Input
Designation
+24VDC Output
0VDC (Ground)
Input A
Input B
Reset
Gate
Key
TB-2
DC Supply Wiring
TB-1
Term. #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TB-2
Term #
Description
1
No Connection
2
No Connection
Relay - C (Opto Emitter) 3
4
Relay - NO
Relay - NC (Opto Collector) 5
6
(+) 11-30 VDC Supply
(–) 0 VDC Supply (Ground) 7
Designation
No Connection
No Connection
Input A
Input B
Reset
Gate
Key
904K Wiring
AC Supply Wiring
TB-1
Term. #
1
2
3*
4
5*
6
7
TB-2
Term. #
Description
1
Relay 1 - C (Opto Collector1) 2
Relay 1 - NO (Opto Emitter1) 3
Relay 2 - C (Opto Emitter2)
4
Relay 2 - NO
5
Relay2 - NC (Opto Collector2) 6
AC Input
7
AC Input
Description
+24VDC Output
0VDC (Ground)
Input A
Input B
Reset
Gate
Key
DC Supply Wiring
TB-1
Term. #
1
2
3*
4
5*
6
7
TB-2
Description
Term. #
Relay 1 - C (Opto Collector1) 1
Relay 1 - NO (Opto Emitter1) 2
Relay 2 - C (Opto Emitter2)
3
Relay 2 - NO
4
Relay2 - NC (Opto Collector2) 5
(+) 11-30 VDC Supply
6
(–) 0 VDC Supply (Ground)
7
Description
No Connection
No Connection
Input A
Input B
Reset
Gate
Key
* The wiring termination of pins 3 & 5 is correct here and on the
unit termination label. Pins 3 & 5 may be reversed on some
older datasheets.
Page 52 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
3.41
(86.5) .41 (10.5) Max.
.12
(3)
1.77
(45)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TB-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Panel Cutouts
1.77 x 1.77 (45 x 45) Basic Unit & Adaptor Bezel 1
1.97 x 1.97 (50 x 50) Adaptor Bezels 2 & 3
2.17
(55)
903K Wiring
TB-1
Term. #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
.63
(16)
Bezel 3
2.17
(55)
1.89
(48)
Adaptor
Technical Data:
Display: Preset: Supply voltage:
TB-1
6 digit, 2-line, 7 segment LCD with sign
Type 904 two preset values
Type 903 one preset value
115 VAC, 230 VAC, 48 VAC or 24 VAC (tolerance ± 10%) or 11 ... 30 VDC
Count inputs: 2 count inputs,
4 input modes programmable.
Input polarity: programmable (PNP or NPN)
Input resistance:
10 kohm
Max. count frequency:
10 kHz (Switch selectable 30Hz or 10kHz)
Min. pulse length of the control inputs:
5 ms
Input sensitivity:
Logic "0": 0 to 1 VDC
Logic "1": 4 to 30 VDC
Pulse shape: variable (Schmitt Trigger characteristic)
Output: (Programmable output state)
relay (250 V @ 3A)
or optocoupler (30VDC/15mA @ 2V, 5mA @
0.4V)
903: 1 output : SPDT
904: 2 outputs: R1 N.O., R2 SPDT
Transmitter voltage:
24 VDC, 80 mA
24 VDC, 60 mA for version with backlit LCD
(optional)
Data retention: min. 10 years or 106 memory cycles
Noise immunity:
EN 50082 part 2
Noise transmission:
EN 55011 class B
Operating temperature:
0...+50°C
Housing: 48 x 48 mm DIN
Protection: IP 65 (front)
How To Order:
EXAMPLE
904K A
0
Series
903K = Single Output
904K = Dual Outputs
Operating Voltage
A = 115 VAC
B = 230 VAC
C = 11 to 30 VDC
Outputs
0 = Relay
1 = Opto-Isolated collector and emitter
Options
– Blank if None
A = Backlit LCD Display (904K only)
A
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
KAL-D06 R/T
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD,
Totalizer & Ratemeter
Features
Counters/Ratemeters
• 8 count modes
• Decimal point selection up to 0.000
• 8mm black character high contrast Starburst LCD
display.
• Backlight
• 10-30VDC operation
• Maximum input frequency 500kHz (mode
dependent)
• Up to Quad X 4 input
• Scaling multiply 0.000001 to 9.999999
• Scaling divide 0000001 to 99999999
• Up to 3 text characters per display
• CE approved
Specifications:
Supply Voltage: 13-30VDC. +/- 10%
Current Consumption: 15mA, typical
Display: 8 digit, 8mm height, high contrast Starburst LCD
characters with leading zero blanking.
Description:
A Flexible device designed for many applications, it has 8
modes of operation for count and rate applications, with live scaling
of the count and rate it is ideally suited to flow meter applications
where the number of pulses per item are not easily defined or
specified.
An 8 digit starburst display along with its various count and
rate modes with text display makes this a unique product in the
market place. its features include backlight, EEPROM memory
for data retention and scrolling display. Programmed through the
front panel the KAL-D06 R/T is easy to set up and extreemely
flexible in its operation. Up to 3 characters can be programmed
to appear on the display making it easier for the user to identify
the units of measure.
Electronic Count Input: 500kHz maximum.
Count Range: 0-99999999
Panel Cut Out: 45mm X 22.5mm
Front Panel Sealing: IP65 sealed when used with clip mount
and gasket provided
Reset Input (R): Reset using front panel button .
Temperature Range:
Operating: 14 to 1400F (-10 to 60°C)
Storage: -4 to 1400F (-20 to 60°C)
Dimensions
2.32"
(59mm)
88888888
0.87" x 1.77"
(21.9 x 44.9 mm)
0.95"
(24mm)
1.89"
(48mm)
Panel Cutout: 0.92" x 1.77" (22.5 x 45 mm)
2.0"
(51.4 mm)
How To Order:
KAL-D06 RT.................................8 digit counter with ratemeter
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 53
TR-545 Series
Totalizer and Ratemeter
Counters/Ratemeters
Features
• Totalizer and Rate meter
• Separate scaling factor for counter and
ratemeter
• Ratemeter displays frequency or RPM
• Simply press key to switch between
counter and ratemeter
• Display range: 0 to 999999
• Screw terminal connections
Description:
The TR-545 is a totalizer and ratemeter. It accepts DC pulse inputs up to 20kHz. It is a perfect solution for
all applications requiring the monitoring of rate and total.
Specifications:
Supply voltage: 10 to 30 V DC, with reverse
polarity protection
90 to 260 V AC 50/60 Hz
mains hum suppression
Power consumption: max. 2 W/6 VA
Display: 6-digit , red 7-segment LED‘s
height 14 mm
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing:
housing for control panel 96
x 48 mm acc. to DIN 43 700;
RAL 7021, dark grey
Polarity of Inputs: programmable, npn or pnp for
all inputs
Input resistance: appr. 10 kΩ
Input frequency: 20 kHz, can be damped to 30
Hz
Reset time: 5 ms
Page 54 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Level of inputs: DC Output:
DC-version
Low: 0 to 0.2 x UB [V DC]
High: 0.6 x UB to 30 V DC
AC-version
Low: 0 to 4 V DC
High: 12 to 30 V DC
24 V DC ±15 %/100 mA (AC
powered units only)
Accuracy: Ratemeter: <0,1 %
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +50°C
Storage temperature:
–25 to +70°C
EMC: according to EC EMC
directive 89/36/EWG
Interference emmisions: EN 50081-2/EN 55 011
class B
Interference resistance: EN 6100-6-2
Protection: NEMA4/IP65 (front panel)
Weight: appr. 150 g
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Wiring Connections
Dimensions
0.16 (4)
0.26 (6.5)
1.89 (48)
2.64 (67.1)
3.62 (92)
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
TB-1 Measurment Inputs
Order Code
Example:
TR545.012
0
Series:
TR-545 = Totalizer & Ratemeter
TB-2 Supply Voltage and Outputs
00
Operating Voltage:
0 = 90 to 260 VAC
3 = 10 to 30 VDC
Options:
00= None
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 55
Counters/Ratemeters
0.61
(15.5)
1.77 (45)
Rear View
1.77 x 3.62
(44.9 x 91.9)
3.78 (96)
MRT (MINITROL)
Low Cost, Pulse Input
Totalizer/Ratemeter
Features
• CSA Listed
Counters/Ratemeters
• Separate Scaling Factors For A & B Inputs
• Display Rate & Total
• Pulse Input - 10 kHz Max.
• RS422/RS232 Serial Communication
• Modbus RTU RS422/RS485/RS232
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front Panel
• Separate Add/Subtract Simultaneous Inputs
• Quadrature & U/D Direction Control Inputs
Application:
Any rate, total or blending application where 2 preset alarms and
scaling are required.
Description:
The MINITROL is a 6 digit totalizer / ratemeter with two level, 5 digit
preset alarm control of total or rate. Inputs A & B have separate
scaling K-factors. The totalizer can be programmed for “A” subtract
“B”, “A” add “B” or A & B as separate totalizers, with display and control of the “net” total and rate of "A". The MINITROL is also available
in 4 other versions. MC2: a two preset totalizer with scaling, MR2: a
high/low alarm ratemeter with scaling; The “MC”: a totalizing counter only, and the “MR”: a rate meter display only. If only one input is
required, the unit will display the total and rate from that one channel. The MINITROL can accept up to 10,000 pulses per second. It
has a 5 digit floating decimal scale factor allowing total readout in
true engineering units and rate per second, minute or hour.
Input “A” simultaneously drives a ratemeter which can be programmed to display the basic frequency (rate per second) or
factored to show rate per minute or rate per hour. Simply push the
“VIEW” button to see either total or rate without losing a count. Two
separate 5 A relay contacts can be set to operate at either rate or
total presets in a latch or auto-recycle mode with output timing from
0.1 to 99.9 seconds.
Two control outputs can be assigned to either the totalizer or ratemeter and can automatically recycle at the batch or stay latched
until reset.
Up to 99 units can communicate to a host computer on a single
RS232 or RS422 loop.
When two inputs are received (A & B), the unit can either add or
subtract the two inputs or display the two inputs as separate totalizers.
Page 56 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
• 30mV Magnetic Pickup Inputs
• 4-20mA or 0-20mA Analog Output
Specifications:
Display: 6 digit, 0.55" High LED
Input Power:
110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
24VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Current: 250 mA DC max. or 6.5 VA AC
Output Power: (AC powered units only)
+12 VDC @ 50 mA, unregulated -10 + 50%
Temperature:
Operating:
+32°F (0°C) to +130 F (+54°C)
Storage:
-40 F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C)
Humidity: 0-90% Noncondensing
Memory: EEPROM stores data for 10 years if power is lost.
Inputs:
3:
High Impedance DC pulse input 4-30 VDC (high), Open
or 0-1 VDC (low), 10 KΩ imp. 10 kHz max. speed. Accepts
simultaneous inputs. May be used with KEP 711 series or
715-1 encoders or PD & D series sensors.
3M: Mag. Input, Input A only, accepts 30mV input (50 V max.
P/P) signals 10 KΩ imp. 5 kHz max. (Input B, 4-30V)
3MB: Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, accepts 30mV input (50 V max.
P/P) signals 10 KΩ imp. 5 kHz max.
5:
4-30 V Count pulses on Input A, 4-30 V Direction Control
input (level) on Input B. May be used with KEP 715-2 Encoder.
5M: 30 mV Count pulses on Input A (50 V max. P/P) 4-30 V
Direction Control input (level) on Input B.
9:
Quadrature, accepts 4-30 V pulses with 90° phase shift for
direction detection. May be used with KEP 716 encoder.
9MB: Quadrature, accepts 30 mV (50 V max. P/P) pulses with 90°
phase shift for direction detection.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Termination:
SWITCH
1 2 3 4
B
OFF
ON
RUN
CAL.
4-20mA 0-20mA
RATE COUNT
RUN
SET
ON
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 13- V+
14- I SINK
ANALOG
OUTPUT
A
1- COMMON
2- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
3- COMMON
4- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 57
Counters/Ratemeters
Ratemeter: Accuracy: 0.01% FS (±1 display digit).
The rate display updates once per second. The rate meter
can be programmed to accept almost any number of pulses
per unit of measurement, sample from 2 to 24 seconds
maximum, and auto-range up to 5 digits of significant information. In the “RPS” mode, the ratemeter displays in units
per second, and in the “scale” mode, units per hour or per
minute. The unit will display the rate of the A Input only.
Totalizer: The two 6-digit totalizers can count at 10 kHz
max. Each can have a 5-digit dividing scale factor. The totalizer advances on the positive edge of each pulse. Count
up or down modes available, as are quadrature inputs from
encoders for position or flow measurement. The unit can
be programmed to view the net value of "A+B" or "A-B", or
A and B as separate totalizers.
RS232/RS422 with KEP Protocol:
If the serial interface option is supplied, a number of units
can be linked together. (The terminal addressing the unit
must be capable of driving all loads in the loop.) Unit
status and new set points can be communicated by serial
communication. Mode changes, however, must always be
made on the front panel.
Data is received and transmitted over standard EIA RS232
or RS422 levels. Unit number, baud rate and parity are
entered in the “Program Setting” set up mode and remain
in memory even if power is off.
RS232/RS422/RS485 with Modbus RTU Protocol:
The serial port can be used for serial printing or also for
data acquisition. The unit can assign addresses up to 247
units (The terminal addressing the unit must be capable of
driving all loads in the loop.) The unit can communicate with
a master device through a Modbus-RTU protocol. The data
given for each parameter is in IEEE float format comprising
of 2 words. The unit can be connected in a network.
Device ID: 01-247
Baud Rates: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600
Parity: None, Odd, Even
Protocol: Modbus RTU (Half Duplex)
RELAYS
Approvals: CSA File# LR91109-7, CE Compliant
Reset:
Front Panel:
Resets displayed value and control output
Remote:
4-30 VDC negative edge
resets Totalizer "A" and control output
Control Outputs:
Relays:
2 each N.O. Relay; 5 Amps 120/240 VAC or 28 VDC.
(N.C. relay contacts and NPN transistor output
available with solder jumpers. Transistor output is
internally pulled up to 10 VDC through relay coil, sinks
from 10 VDC to .5 V @ 100 mA)
Analog Output:
An optional 4-20mA (0-20mA) output is available for
the Minitrol series. The output can be programmed
to track rate or total. This feature is available by
adding suffix A to the part number. Connections are
via a 2 terminal pluggable screw connector.
Programming is accomplished by using the front panel
in conjunction with rear dip switches.
Accuracy: ±.25% FS worst case.
Compliance Voltage: 3 to 30 VDC non inductive.
Scaling Factor (K-Factor): In the standard unit, a user
programmable K-Factor is used to convert the input pulses
to engineering units. The 5 digit K-Factor dividers, with
decimal keyed into any position, allow easy direct entry of
any K-Factor from 0.0001 to 99999. Separate factors may
be entered for the 2 separate input channels.
Presets: Two control outputs are provided. To set relay
values, press “menu” button until “Relay” appears on the
display, the A and B outputs can be assigned to the ratemeter (high/low), one preset for rate and one for total, or
two presets on the A and B totalizers. A 5 digit value can
be entered for both presets and the decimal point location
is the same as the counter. The outputs can be set to energize from 0.1 to 99.9 seconds or latch (0.0). If a value
other than 0.0 is entered, the totalizers will auto reset at
the preset . In the A-B or A+B versions, the relays will be
assigned to either net total or A rate.
Lockout: Unauthorized front panel changes can be prevented by entering a user selected 5 digit code in the “LOC”
mode. The front panel can be completely locked out or the
presets can remain accessible.
Mounting:
3.925
(99.7)
0.587
(14.91)
4.437
(112.7)
4.245
(107.8)
3.622
(92)
Counters/Ratemeters
2.625
(66.68)
1.772
(45)
BEZEL
GASKET
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
How To Order:
MINItrol (MR, MC)
MINItrol (MRT, MC2, MR2)
Example:
MRT A
3
Series:
MRT= 6 digits, counter / ratemeter
with presets and scaling.
1A
MC2= 6 digits, counter only with
presets and scaling.
MR2= 5 digits, rate only with
presets and scaling.
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C= 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Count Inputs:
3 =
Standard, 4-30 VDC simultaneous inputs.
3M = Mag. Input, Input A only, 30mV input
(Input B, 4-30V)
3MB = Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, 30mV input
5 =
4-30 V pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B.
5M = 30 mV pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B
9 =
Quadrature, accepts 4-30 V pulses
9MB = Quadrature, accepts 30 mV pulses (A & B)
Options (Multiple Options Not Available)
1= RS232 Communications
2= RS422 Communications
3= Modbus RTU RS232
4= Modbus RTU RS422/RS485
A= Analog Output (4-20/0-20 mA)
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Example: MC H A
3
M (MR ONLY) 1
Series:
MR= 5 digits, rate display only
no presets, no scaling
MC=
6 digits, dual input,
bi-directional counter only,
no presets, no scaling
Input Speed:
L = Low speed input debounce filter 40 Hz max.
H = High speed input (0 to 9.99 kHz)
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C= 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Count Input:
3 =
Standard, 4-30 VDC simultaneous inputs.
3M = Mag. Input, Input A only, 30mV input
(Input B, 4-30V)
3MB = Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, 30mV input
5 =
4-30 V pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B.
5M = 30 mV pulses on Input A,
4-30 V Direction Control input on Input B
9 =
Quadrature, accepts 4-30 V pulses
9MB = Quadrature, accepts 30 mV pulses (A & B)
Rate Time Base: MR ONLY
S= RPS (rate per second)
M= RPM (rate per minute)
H= RPH (rate per hour)
Options: (Multiple Options Not Available)
1= RS232 Communications
2= RS422 Communications
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Page 58 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
DRT(Dual rate/totalizer)
2 Separate Rate/Total Displays
with Combination Function
Features
• Displays A,B,&C Rate & A,B,&C Total
• Separate Scaling Factors For A & B Inputs
• RS422/RS232 Serial Communication
• Modbus RTU RS422/RS485/RS232
• Pulse Input - 10 kHz Max.
• Security Lockout
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front Panel
• 4-20mA or 0-20mA Analog Output
• 30mV Magnetic Pickup Inputs
• CSA Listed
DESCRIPTION:
The DRT (Dual Rate Totalizer) is a dual 5 digit Ratemeter 6 digit
Totalizer in a 1/8 DIN package. User selects 1 of 6 displays to
show A,B or C rate and A,B or C total. Inputs A and B have separate scaling to read in engineering units.
A 4-20mA (0-20mA) output of the C rate or total is optional.
The user can press the VIEW button to see 6 separate items
total A, total B, total C, rate A, rate B, rate C. Negative values
are displayed with a negative symbol ( - 12345 ). For the C value,
the user can choose from the following combination of A&B inputs: TOTAL; with a choice of A+B or A-B; RATIO with choice of
A÷B(x100) to show percent of A to B quantity or A÷[A+B(x100)]
to show percent of A to total quantity.
Two independent presets are standard. User selects whether
output A is activated by total or rate value of input A or selected
C. Output B can be activated by total or rate value of input B or
selected C. Outputs activated by A or B total can be set to latch or
autorecycle with an adjustable output duration from 00.1 to 99.9
sec. For rate, ratio, or C total outputs pull in when value is equal
or above the preset and drop out when value is below the preset
minus the selected 0 to 999 hysteresis.
Memory:
EEPROM stores data for 10 years if power is lost.
Inputs:
3:
High Impedance DC pulse input 4-30 VDC (high), Open
or 0-1 VDC (low), 10 KΩ imp. 10 kHz max. speed. Accepts
simultaneous inputs. May be used with KEP 711 series or
PD & D series sensors.
3M: Mag. Input, Input A only, accepts 30mV input (50 V max.
P/P) signals 10 KΩ imp. 5 kHz max. (Input B, 4-30V)
3MB: Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, accepts 30mV input (50 V max.
P/P) signals 10 KΩ imp. 5 kHz max.
RESET:
Front Panel: Resets displayed value and control output
SPECIFICATIONS:
DISPLAY:
6 digit, 0.55" High LED
INPUT POWER:
110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
24VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Current:
250 mA DC max. or 6.5 VA AC
Output Power: (AC powered units only)
+12 VDC @ 50 mA, unregulated -10 + 50%
Temperature:
Operating:
+32°F (0°C) to +130 F (+54°C)
Storage:
-40 F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C)
Humidity:
0-90% Noncondensing
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Remote:
4-30 VDC negative edge resets all counters,
"A" counter or "B" counter (user selectable).
K FACTOR/SCALING
The DRT has two separate K-Factors that are used to convert the
input pulses to engineering units. The 5 digit K-Factor dividers,
with decimal keyed into any position, allow easy direct entry of any
K-Factor from 0.0001 to 99999. Separate factors may be entered
for the 2 separate input channels.
CONTROL OUTPUTS:
Relays:
2 each N.O. Relay; 10 Amps 120/240 VAC or 28 VDC.
(N.C. relay contacts and NPN transistor output
available with solder jumpers. Transistor output is
internally pulled up to 10 VDC through relay coil, sinks
from 10 VDC to .5 V @ 100 mA)
Analog Output:
An optional 4-20mA (0-20mA) output is available for
the DRT. The output can be programmed
to track rate or total of the C display. This feature is available by adding suffix A to the part number. Connections are
via a 2 terminal pluggable screw connector.
Programming is accomplished by using the front panel
in conjunction with rear dip switches.
Accuracy: 50uA worst case.
Compliance Voltage: 3 to 30 VDC non inductive.
Approvals: CSA File# LR91109-7, CE Approved
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 59
Counters/Ratemeters
• “C” Displays A+B, A-B, A÷B, & A÷A+B
LOCKOUT
Unauthorized front panel changes can be prevented by entering
a user selected 5 digit code. The front panel can be completely
locked out or the presets can remain accessible.
RATEMETER
Accurate to 4 1/2 digits (±1 display digit). The ratemeter uses 1/
tau with 8 digit math, can sample from 2 to 24 seconds maximum,
and auto-range up to 5 digits of significant information. In the
“RPS” mode, the ratemeter displays in units per second, and in
the “scale” mode, units per hour or per minute. The unit will display
the rate of the A&B Inputs.
TOTALIZER
The two 5-digit totalizers can count at 10Khz speed. Each has
a separate 5-digit dividing scale factor. The totalizers advance
on the positive edge of each pulse. Besides being able to step
through the total and rate values of A & B inputs, the user can see
a selected combination of total and rate of A+B, A-B, (A÷B)X100
(percent of A to B), A÷(A+B)X100 (percent of A to total). The unit
can be programmed to view the Total/Rate value of "A+B" & "A-B",
or "A÷B" & "A÷(A+B)".
RS232/RS422 with KEP Protocol:
If the serial interface option is supplied, multiple units can be linked
together. (The terminal addressing the unit must be capable of
driving all loads in the loop.) Unit status and new set points can be
communicated by serial communication. Mode changes, however,
must always be made on the front panel.
Data is received and transmitted over standard EIA RS232 or
RS422 levels. Unit number, baud rate and parity are entered in
the “Program Setting” set up mode and remain in memory even
if power is off.
RS232/RS422/RS485 with Modbus RTU Protocol:
The serial port can be used for serial printing or also for data
acquisition. The unit can address up to 247 units (The terminal
addressing the unit must be capable of driving all loads in the
loop.) The unit can communicate with a master device through a
Modbus-RTU protocol. The data given for each parameter is in
IEEE float format comprising of 2 words. The unit can be connected in a network.
Device ID: 01-247
Baud Rates: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600
Parity: None, Odd, Even
Protocol: Modbus RTU (Half Duplex)
Mounting:
3.925
(99.7)
0.587
(14.91)
4.437
(112.7)
4.245
(107.8)
3.622
(92)
2.625
(66.68)
1.772
(45)
BEZEL
GASKET
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
Ordering Information
Terminals:
13- V+
14- I SINK
B
ANALOG
OUTPUT
A
RELAYS
1- COMMON
2- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
3- COMMON
4- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
SWITCH
1 2 3 4
Counters/Ratemeters
PRESETS
Two control outputs are provided. To set relay values, press “menu”
button until “Relay” appears on the display, the A and B outputs
can be assigned to the A, B or C displays. A 5 digit value can be
entered for both presets and the decimal point location is the same
as the counter. The outputs can be set to energize from 0.1 to
99.9 seconds or latch (0.0). If a value other than 0.0 is entered, the
counters will auto reset at the preset (for A&B counters).
OFF
ON
RUN
CAL.
4-20mA 0-20mA
RATE COUNT
RUN
SET
ON
Page 60 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Example:
DRT
A
3
Series:
DRT= 6 digits, counter / ratemeter
with presets and scaling.
1
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C= 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Count Inputs:
3 =
Standard, 4-30 VDC simultaneous inputs.
3M = Mag. Input, Input A only, 30mV input
(Input B, 4-30V)
3MB = Mag. Input, Inputs A & B, 30mV input
Options: (Multiple Options Not Available)
A= Analog Output (4-20/0-20 mA)
1= RS232 Communications
2= RS422 Communications
3= Modbus RTU RS232
4= Modbus RTU RS422/RS485
Accessories:
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34234
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
RTP
Two Separate Ratemeters, Totalizers
With Two Line LCD Display
Features
• Two pulse and three control inputs
Counters/Ratemeters
• Displays: A Rate, A Total, B Rate, B Total, A+B
Rate, A+B Total, A-B Rate, A-B Total, Grand
Total
• Separate Scaling Factors For A & B Inputs
• Two relay outputs with LED Indication
• RS232/ RS485 port for serial communication
and printing
• Security lockout
• NVRAM to retain data on power failure
• 4-20 mA output (optional)
• NEMA 4 / IP65 Front Panel
DESCRIPTION:
The RTP is a presettable Ratemeter and Totalizer from two pulse
inputs. It can show rate and total at the same time on the 2 X
16 backlit LCD display. Both inputs can have up to 16 point
linearizing k factors. The unit can be connected in a network for
Data Acquisition.
PULSE INPUTS
The RTP can accept two pulse inputs ( A&B ). It computes rate
and total of A, B, A+B and A-B. For both inputs the user can
define up to 16 points of “k” factors. This allows linearization of
the displayed rate, which is useful in improving the accuracy of
the flowmeter. SPECIFICATIONS:
The rate is computed within 300 ms per input. To stabilize the
rate display, the user can select normalizing factor, which allows
weighted average to be shown. Moreover, for rate displays, a time
delay of up to 25 seconds can also be selected.
Input Power:
AC:100 to 260 VAC; 6.5 VA DC:+24 VDC ; 250 mA max.
Threshold:
High: 4-24 VDC; Low: < 1Vdc or open
Input A:
Count Input, 5 kHz max.
Input b:
Count Input, 5 kHz max.
Input c:
Control Input
Input d:
Control Input
Input e:
Control Input (Not Used with RS485
NOTE: AC powered units have isolated inputs. DC units share
-DC with input common.
Output Power: +20VDC @50 mA (unreg), +/- 15%
Display:
2 lines of 16 characters, backlit LCD
(character size: 2.95mm x 5.55mm)
Display Resolution:
6 Digit Total, 6 Digit Rate
Bezel:
NEMA 4/IP65 rated membrane keypad
INDICATORS:
Two LED’s to indicate control output status.
(Red = Output A, Green = Output B)
Memory:
NVRAM retains data on power failure
Temperature:
Operating : 0 to 50 degrees C
Storage : -40 to 90 degrees C
Humidity:
10% to 90% ( Non condensing )
Size:
Bezel: 103mm X 55 mm; Depth:97 mm
Panel cutout:
92 mm X 45 mm (1/8 DIN size cutout )
Immunity to ESD:
Level 3 per IEC1000-4-2
Immunity to Transients: Level 3 per IEC1000-4-4
Radiated Susceptibility:
Level 3 per IEC1000-4-3
Emissions: EN55011 CISPR A
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 CONTROL INPUTS
The RTP has three Control Inputs, i.e. Input C, Input D and Input E
(Only C & D with RS485 option). Each input can be configured to
start/stop each counter or reset each counter and Control Output.
These inputs can also perform different control actions like printing
on serial port, lock unit and freeze display.
RESET OPTIONS
The entire unit, i.e. all counters and control outputs, or Counter A,
Counter B, Counter A+B, Counter A-B, Control O/P A and Control
O/P B can be individually programmed to be reset on pressing the
front panel RST key and also by a positive edge signal to any of
the Control I/Ps C, D and E.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
The serial strobed port can be used for serial printing of Total or
Rate data with descriptors. The unit can also communicate with
a master device through a Modbus-RTU protocol. The data given
for each parameter is in IEEE float format comprising of 2 words. The unit can be connected in a network. Order Option 1 is RS-232
level format; Order Option 2 is RS-422/485 level format.
CONTROL OUTPUTS
The RTP has the following Control Outputs:
RELAY / O.C.: 2 N.O. relays of 5 A and 250 V OR
2 Open Collector Outputs;
100 mA maximum.
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 61
1.7” (45mm)
Relay A pulls in at Preset A and drops out when Preset B (having
a duration other than 00.0) pulls in. Counter recycles immediately,
and Relay B stays activated for the selected duration.
If activated by rate, the relay pulls in at High Preset or above and
remains on until rate falls below Low Preset.
LOCKOUT The unit program and presets can be protected with a
lock code to prevent unauthorized front panel changes. This code
can be assigned with a maximum of 4 digits and is user selectable.
It can be entered through front panel LOCK key or by configuring
any of the Control I/Ps to “Lock unit”. Alternate entry of the lock
code or pulses to that I/P will lock or unlock the unit.
Gasket
Bezel
4.05” (103mm)
3.62” (92mm)
2.17” (55mm)
Counters/Ratemeters
ANALOG OUTPUT
Type: 4-20 mA output.
Accuracy: ± 50µA worst case.
This Analog O/P can be programmed to track any parameter. Reverse tracking O/P is also available. PRESETSThe unit supports five counters, i.e. Counter A, Counter
B, Counter A+B, Counter A-B and Grand Total. The counters can
either be reset to zero or disabled. Relays can be activated by any
of the Total or Rate values. If a Total preset activates the relay,
the user can select an output duration of 0.1 to 99.9 seconds with
instant auto reset to “0”. A 00.0 duration keeps the relay activated
until externally reset. If both presets are assigned to same counter,
with Relay A duration set to 00.0 and Preset A lower than Preset B,
3.82” (97mm)
5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
RS-232 Port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Panel
Terminal Designations:
AC Power
1 • AC1 100 to 260 VAC
2 • AC2 100 to 260 VAC
3 • Relay A (N.O.)
4 • Common
5 • Relay A (N.C.)
6 • Relay B (N.O.)
7 • Common
8 • Relay B (N.C.)
9 • (+) 20VDC Out (50mA)
10 • (–) 20VDC Out (50mA)
11 • Analog o/p (+)
12 • Analog o/p (–)
13 • ctrl i/p e
14 • ctrl i/p D
15 • ctrl i/p c
16 • pulse i/p B
17 • pulse i/p A
18 • Input gnd
DC Power
1 • + DC Input (24VDC ± 10%)
2 • – DC Input (24VDC ± 10%)
3 • Relay A (N.O.)
4 • Common
5 • Relay A (N.C.)
6 • Relay B (N.O.)
7 • Common
8 • Relay B (N.C.)
9 • (+) 20VDC Out (50mA)
10 • (–) 20VDC Out (50mA)
11 • Analog o/p (+)
12 • Analog o/p (–)
13 • ctrl i/p e
14 • ctrl i/p D
15 • ctrl i/p c
16 • pulse i/p B
17 • pulse i/p A
18 • Input gnd
Ordering Information
Example:
RTP A
3
1
Series:
RTP= Pulse Input Ratemeter/Totalizer
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC ± 15%
B= 220 VAC ± 15%
*C= 24 VDC
Input:
3= Standard, 4-30 VDC simultaneous inputs
Options:
1= RS-232, 3 Control Inputs (not available with RS-485)
*2= RS-485, 2 Control Inputs (not available with RS-232)
A= 4-20 mA Out (Can be ordered with options 1 or 2)
* Special Order
Accessories
NEMA 4X wall mount enclosure available, see NEMA-1/8DIN
XHV 7/4 Explosion Proof Housing available, see XHV7/4
Serial printer available, see P1000, P295
Ethernet Port Server available, see IEPS
RS-422/485 to RS-232 Communication Adaptor available, see CA285
Page 62 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Communication Port Terminal Designations:
5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
RS-232 Port:
(DB9 Female)
RS-485 Port:
(DB9 Female)
6 - NC
7 - CMOS TXD
8 - TX
9 - RX
1 - TX+
2 - TXD
3 - RXD
4 - RX+
5 - GND
1•N.C.
2•Transmit
3•Receive
4•N.C.
5•Ground
6•Strobe
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
7•N.C.
KEY Run
Mode
Program Mode
8•N.C.
Enter
The Programming
Toggles between menus
9•N.C.
PROG
Mode
VIEW
Left key shifts digits in
VIEW key scrolls through the number entry/characters in
selected viewing parameters message mode
PRE A key allows Preset A
to be changed if unit is not
locked
Up key increments digits/
characters
CLR
PRE B key allows Preset B
to be changed if unit is not
locked
CLR key clears the numeric
field
ENT
Lock Key allows the entry
of a lock code to lock/unlock
the unit
ENT key saves changes and
steps to next menu
RST
RST Key resets counters
(with/without confirmation
Unit comes out of programming at any level
PRE A
PRE B
LOCK
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
INTELLECT-69
Features
• High/Low Scaling From Front Panel
Ratemeter / Totalizer
From Analog Inputs
• 2 Set Points Assignable To Rate Or Total
• 0-5V, 0-10V, 1-5V, 4-20mA or 0-20mA Analog
Input
• NEMA 4X/IP 65 Front Panel
• +24V Output For Peripherals
• 4-20mA Output
• RS422/232 Serial Communications
• Square Root Extraction
Description:
The Intellect-69 is an integrating totalizer/ratemeter which accepts analog signal inputs. The unit can be field programmed
to accept 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V or 1-5V signals. An
optional Square Law input is available for inputs that require
square root extraction. A 4-20mA output option is available to
control strip recorders or other peripherals. Two assignable
set points are standard for two stage shut off. The high and
low scaling settings are programmable from the front panel. By
pressing the "view" button, the unit will display: integrated total,
rate, peak or valley. Press the "lock" key once to freeze the
display. RS422 or RS232 serial communications are available
options for data communication with a host computer.
Specifications:
Display: 6 digit, .55" high, 7 segment, red orange, LED.
Input Power: 110, 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 24VDC.
Current: max. 300 mA DC or 10.0 VA at rated AC voltage.
Output Power: (AC powered units only) + 24VDC @ 50mA
regulated ±5%
Temperature:
Operating: +41°F (5°C) to +130°F (+54°C).
Storage: -40°F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C).
Humidity: 0-90% Noncondensing
Memory: EEPROM stores data for 10 years if power is lost.
Reset:
Front Panel: resets displayed values and control outputs.
Remote: 4-30VDC positive edge, resets totalizer and control
outputs.
Input:
Standard: Linear 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V or 1-5V selectable from the front panel.
Optional: Square Law 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V or 1-5V is
available for inputs that require square root extraction.
Input Impedance: Current: 100Ω; Voltage: 115KΩ
Overvoltage Protection: 50 V
Overcurrent Protection: 50 mA
Resolution: 14.5 Bits
Approvals: CE Approved, CSA (File No. LR91109),
Calibration: The unit does all of the calibrations internally. There
are no potentiometers to adjust and the unit never needs to be
removed from the case.
Control Outputs:
Standard: Open collector sinks 250mA from 30VDC when active.
Optional: 2 each Form C SPDT 5 Amp @ 120/240 VAC or 28
VDC. (Open collector outputs are also supplied with 10VDC
provided at transistor outputs through relay coil. If greater than
2mA is used, relay will remain energized. Applying greater than
10 VDC may destroy unit. Transistor will sink 100mA in "ON"
state.)
Set Points: Two control set points are provided. The set point
outputs can be assigned to rate or total. The unit comes standard with two open collector control outputs. Two 5 Amp, Form
C relays are optional. The outputs are programmable from .01 to
599.99 sec or latched until reset when assigned to the total and
a hysteresis (alarm range) when assigned to the rate.
Rate Display: Updates 5 times per second, Accurate to 4.5
digits. Set "low" greater than "high" for inverted display (LINEAR
ONLY). A user programmable low cutoff inhibits indications at
low flow rates.
Totalizer: Integrates from the rate reading and accumulates up
to 6 digits of total count. A totalizer divider allows the total to be
divided by 1, 10, 100 or 1000. This feature is especially useful
for users who deal with high total volumes.
Analog Output: The unit can be ordered with an optional 4-20mA
output which is proportional to the rate display. The high and low
settings are programmable from the front panel. Set "low" greater
than "high" for inverted output. A sinking driver generates a corresponding linear current through the external devices. The output
updates with each update of the rate. Accuracy is ±.25% FS worst
case. Compliance voltage must be 3 to 30 VDC non inductive.
(The unit can provide the DC source as long as the drop across
the devices being driven does not exceed 21V).
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 63
Counters/Ratemeters
• Display Rate (pressure, level, watts, etc.),
Peak & Valley and Integrated Total
0-20 mA
4-20 mA
0-10 VDC
0-5 VDC
1-5 VDC
0.1%
0.1%
0.2%
.25%
.25%
Dimensions:
4.35
(110.5)
0.6
(15)
GASKET
.05%
.05%
0.1%
.15%
.15%
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
3.93
(99.8)
Square Law: (above 5% of bottom range) 0.1%
(5V inputs .4%) Worst case over complete range: 2%
Temperature Stability: Will not drift more than 20 parts per million per °C from 5°C to 54°C
4.44
(112.7)
2.63
(66.8)
Relay B
3.62
(92)
2-Wire 4-20mA Transmitter
+
•3 - Signal GND (-DC)
•4 - I In + (Current)
.
•7 - +24V Out
.
•11 - A C In
•12 - A C In
1.77
(45)
13•Common
14•N.C.
15•N.O.
16•Common
17•N.C.
18•N.O.
Relay A
WIRING:
1•Reset In
2•Analog Out (Sink)
3•Signal GRD (-DC)
4•(Current) +I in
5•(Voltage) +V in
6•Not Used
7•+24V Out
8•Preset B Collector
9•Preset A Collector
10•+DC In
11•110/220 VAC
12•110/220 VAC
110 VAC
60/50 Hz
Flowmeter
(4-20mA Transmitter)
3-Wire 0-10V Transmitter
• 3 - Signal GND (-DC)
.
• 5 - V In + (Voltage)
.
• 7 - +24V Out
.
• 11 - A C In
• 12 - A C In
Counters/Ratemeters
Programming: Decimal points, Scaling from 0 to 59999 units per
selected time base, set points, input type, security lock code, and
assigning outputs are all programmable from the front panel.
Housing: Standard 1/8 DIN, high impact ABS plastic case (NEMA
4X/IP65 front panel).
Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.
Accuracy:
RANGE
% FS ERROR % FS ERROR
(worst case)
(typical)
signal
+
Flowmeter
(0-10 V Transmitter)
Page 64 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
110 VAC
60/50 Hz
Ordering Information
Example: INT69RT A
L
1
A C1
Series:
INT69RT= Ratemeter / Totalizer
INT69R= Ratemeter Only
INT69T= Totalizer Only
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 24 VDC
B= 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 24 VDC
Inputs:
L= Linear (standard)
S= Square Law (optional)
Control outputs:
1= 2 - Open Collector Outputs (standard)
2= 2 - 10 Amp Form C Relays (optional)
Options (Multiple Options Available)
A= Analog Output (4-20 mA)
D= Rate per Day, Hour or Minute
C1= RS 232 communications
C2= RS 422 communications
CSA: CSA Approved Unit (pending).......(consult factory)
Accessories
XHV - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
NEMA-1/8DIN- NEMA 4X enclosure (see accessories section)
Separate non keyboard panel - order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34234
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
PMT-555 Series
Process Monitor and Totalizer
from Analog Inputs
Features
• Large keys allow easy operation and
programming
• Key lock input
• Programmable 24 point linearization
• Integration function (totalizer) for the
integration (sum calculation) of the
measured values (e.g. throughput
measurement =>Fill-up level) with own
scaling and programmable input threshold
• RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 Option
• Current or voltage input
RoHS
2002/95/EC
• 2 setpoints with programmable hysteresis
and 2 relays
• 10 VDC and/or 24 VDC output power
supply
Description:
The PMT-555 process monitor/totalizer is ideal for applications that require an LED process/totalizer
display from voltage or current inputs. The unit can accept 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 0-10V, 2-10V or -10 - +10V
signals. Two assignable set points are standard.
Specifications:
Supply voltage: 10 to 30 V DC, galvanically
isolated with reverse polarity
protection
90 to 260 V AC 50/60 Hz
mains hum suppression
Power consumption: max. 2 W/6 VA
Display: 5-digit , red 7-segment LED‘s
height 14 mm
Measuring rate: 1 measurement/second
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing:
housing for control panel 96
x 48 mm acc. to DIN 43 700;
RAL 7021, dark grey
Ambient temperature: –10 to +50°C
EMC: according to EC EMC
directive 89/36/EEC
Interference emissions: EN 50081-2/EN 55 011
Class B
Interference resistance: EN 6100-6-2
Protection: IP65 (front)
Weight: app. 190 g
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Current input:
Voltage input:
0-20 mA, 4- 20 mA
voltage drop max. 2 V
limit 50 mA
0-10 V, 2-10 V, (-)10 - (+)10 V
limit ±30 V
input resistance > 1 MΩ
Control inputs: High: 4-30 V DC
Low: 0-2 V DC
Resolution: 14 bits
Accuracy: < 0.1 % ±1 digit at 20 °C,
automatic null balance
DC output:
10 V DC ± 2%, 30 mA(DC
powered units)
10 V DC ±2%, 30 mA and
24 V DC ±15%, 50 mA (AC
powered units)
Outputs: 2 Form C Relays
max. 300 V DC/250 V AC
current: max. 3 A, min. 30 mA
DC
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 65
Counters/Ratemeters
• Display Hold or reset input for the totalizer
or for the limit values
Wiring Connections
Rear View
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
TB3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TB2
TB1 Measurement Inputs
TB2 Supply Voltage and Outputs
TB3 Serial Interface
Dimensions
Order Code
3.78 (96)
1.89 (48)
1.77 x 3.62
(44.9 x 91.9)
Example:
PMT555.01
0
00
Series:
PMT-555 = Process Monitor & Totalizer
w/ 2 Presets/Relays
0.61
(15.5)
1.77 (45)
Counters/Ratemeters
1 2 3 4 5
TB1
0.16 (4)
0.26 (6.5)
2.64 (67.1)
3.62 (92)
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
Page 66 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Operating Voltage:
0 = 90 to 260 VAC
3 = 10 to 30 VDC
Options:
00 = without interface
05 = RS232
06 = RS422
07 = RS485
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
HR76
Applications:
general timing, utility vehicles, construction machines,
generators, fork-lift trucks, car washes, outside areas
Specifications:
Electrical connection: Flat pins 0.8 x 6.3
Power consumption: AC max. 0.4 VA
12 V DC: max. 0.08 W
48 V DC: max. 0.7 W
Rated voltages: 115/230 V AC, ± 10%, 50/60 Hz,
10 ... 80 V DC
On time: 100 %
Display: 6 (99999.9 h)
Time mode: adding
Height of figures: 3.5 mm
Colour of figures: white on black
Reset: no
Ambient temperature: –30 ... +65 °C
Mounting position: any
Protection: NEMA4/IP 65
Housing: Plastic
Weight: HR 76.1: 56 g
HR 76.2: 54 g
Accuracy:
< 0.02% over the full range
Approvals: UL
Hour Meter
HR76.2
HR76.1
timers
Features
• 6-digit hour meter for round panel cut out
• Low cost
• High shock resistance
• Low power consumption
• Small dimension
• magnified figures
• waterproof
• Protection: NEMA4/IP 65
• Data retention if power is lost
• UL-approval
Dimensions:
HR76.1
HR76.2
How To Order
EXAMPLE: HR76
Series
HR76.1
HR76.2
373
Operating Voltage
373 = 10-80 VDC
301=115 VAC
302 = 230 VAC
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 67
timers
HK17
Features
• Interchangeable with “Hobbs Minimeter”
• Low Cost
• 5 Hour Digits, .150" High, White on Black and
Two Decimal Digits Red on Black
• Operation Indicator Wheel
• DC Accuracy = .05%
• Power Required = .2 Watt (DC), 2VA (AC)
• Temperature: -15°C to 50° C (5° F to 122° F)
• NEMA 4X/IP65 Sealed Front
Miniature Time Meter
HK17.00
HK17.10
HK17.20
HK17.40
Applications:
A high reliability instrument perfect for recording the operating time for maintenance, testing, leasing and warranty
programs on all types of machinery.
Drive:
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Synchronous motor with AC
Stepping motor with DC
Operation Indicator:
AC: Fast rotating wheel with red stripes
Description:
DC: 1/100 h-display rotates every 36 sec. by one number.
Small in size and price, but rugged and durable, this AC or Temperature: - 15°C to + 50°C (+5°F to + 122°F)
DC powered hour timer is driven by a synchronous motor. Housing: NEMA 4X(IP65) front panel (gasket not supplied,
Many voltages are available. Four industry standard mount- RTV type sealer recommended), plastic case
ing styles are available. The unit is provided with easy con- Weight: 1.4 ounces (40 g)
nect, screw terminal connectors on .031" x .250" flat pins. Approvals: CE Approved, UL Listed; File# E128604
This minimeter is especially designed for use on lighting
systems, computers, business machines, control panels,
generators, compressors and pumps. Useful also for service How To Order
4
0
110V 60
1
records on machinery such as industrial refrigerators, oxy- EXAMPLE: HK17
Series
gen purifiers, printers or off-road vehicles.
Specifications:
Digit Size: 0.150" x .067" (3.8 x 1.7 )
Display:
Hours: white digits on black
Decimals: red digits on black
Voltages:
24, 110, 220 VAC ± 10% 50 or 60 Hz
12 to 24, 36 to 80, 110 VDC ± 15%
Power Consumption:
Approx 2 VA at 230 VAC
Approx. .2 Watts at 12 VDC
Termination: Flat tabs .031 x .250" with screw terminal.
Reset: None
Page 68 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
HK17
Case
0 = Rear mount
1 = Screw mount
2 = Spring clip
4 = Side flange
5 = Large spring clip
6 = Large side flange
Reset
0 = Non reset
Operating Voltage
12VDC (12 to 24 VDC)
36VDC (36 to 80 VDC)
110VDC (110 VDC ± 15%)
24V 60 (50 for 50Hz) (AC Voltages ±10%)
110V 60 (50 for 50Hz) (AC Voltages ±10%)
220V 60 (50 for 50Hz) (AC Voltages ±10%)
Options
1 = .031" x .250" tab without screw terminal
2 = Case sealed in back
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Mounting:
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
.866
(22)
1234567.315
(8)
2.197
(55.8)
1.299
(33)
M4
Depth 4 mm
HK17.00
M3
PANEL CUT
OUT
1.299 x .866
1.575 1.260
(40)
(32)
90°
.866
(22)
.228
(5.8)
1.299
(33)
2.197
(55.8)
Customer Panel Max.
Thickness 1.024 (26)
.118
(3)
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
1234567.866 1.201
(22) (30.5)
1.457
(37)
Panel Cut Out
1.299 x .866
1.299
(33)
1.594
(40.5)
2.197
(55.8)
.315
(8)
HK17.20
.110
(2.8)
.145
(3.7)
12345671.398
(35.5)
1.08
(27.4)
.055
(1.4)
.866
(22)
2.244
(57)
Customer Panel Max.
Thickness 1.024 (26)
1234567-
1.299 (33)
2.07 (52.5)
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
.118
(3)
.94 1.201
(23.8) (30.5)
1.60
(40.6)
Panel Cut Out
1.450 x 0.950
HK17.50
.315
(8)
1.44
(36.7)
2.197
(55.8)
.110
(2.8)
.15
(3.8)
1234567-
HK17.60
1.752
(44.5)
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
.945 1.024
(24) (26)
.315
(8)
1.748
(44.4)
HK17.40
timers
.315
(8)
HK17.10
1.024
(26)
.126
(3.2)
1234567-
1.535
(39)
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
.118
(3)
.894 1.252
(22.7) (31.8)
.055
(1.4)
Screw Terminal with
Flat Pins .031 x .250
.94
(23.8)
.315
(8)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 .157
2.28 (4)
(57.8)
1.45 (36.7)
2.13 (54)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 69
HK07
Miniature Hour Meters
timers
Features
• Super Low Power
• Hours & 1 /100th Resolution
• 7 Digits with Magnifying Lens .16"
(without magnifying lens .11 “)
• 7 Mounting Styles, Including PCB Mount
Models
• Tiny Size
• Low Cost
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
Printed circuit board warranty. Warranty monitoring where
low power consumption is required, usually in battery operated devices.
Description:
The HK Series hour meters use a quartz crystal oscillator
that generates an impulse every 36 seconds or 0.01 of an
hour. The coil is triggered for 32 ms. Max power consumption
is needed only after every 36s. The rest of the time the power
consumption is max. 2mA. This allows battery operation
and use on electronic PC Boards. On times less than 36s
are not counted. A very high shock resistance guarantees
accurate timing under abnormal conditions.
Specifications:
PCB Mount Models: silver-plated solder pins 0.016" x
0.047"
Display: 99999.99 H
Digits: Hours, white on black; Decimals, red on black
Rated voltage: 5,12, 24VDC ±10%
Residual ripple: max. 5%
Average power consumption: approx. 10 mW on 5VDC;
approx. 24 mW on 12VDC; approx. 48 mW on 24VDC.
Max. power consumption: every 36s with an impulse
length of 32ms approx. 55mW on 5VDC; approx. 120 mW
on 12VDC; approx. 250 mW on 24VDC
Ambient temperature:
+14° F to +185° F (-10°C to
+85°C).
Solderable and wash proof versions:
HK 07.90, HK 07.91 and HK 07.92
Electric Connections on flush and base mount models:
approx. 6" long wire leads (red + ); (black - )
Accuracy: .005%
Approvals: CE Approved
AVAILABLE TYPES HEIGHT OF
ELEC.
TYPE
HOUSING
FIGURES
DISPLAY
CONNECTION
HK 07.20
plastic
HK 07.40 steel Sheet
HK 07.50 steel sheet
HK 07.80
plastic
HK 07.90
plastic
HK 07.91
plastic
HK 07.92
plastic
AHK 07.00
plastic
.16"
.16"
.16"
.16"
.16"
.11"
.16"
.16"
Page 70 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
on narrow side
on broad side
on narrow side
on narrow side
on broad side
on narrow side
on narrow side
on narrow side
flying leads
solder pins
solder pins
solder pins
solder pins
solder pins
solder pins
flying leads
flush mount / snap-in
PCB-mount
PCB-mount
PCB-mount
PCB-mount-wash proof
PCB-mount-wash proof
PCB-mount-wash proof
base mount
VOLTAGE ± 10%
DESCRIPTION
(Specify)
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
5, 12, 24 VDC
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
timers
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 71
H57
Features
• UL Listed, CE Certified
• Low Cost
• 7 Digit Display (99999.99 Hours)
• AC or DC Voltages
• Small Case
Low Cost
Hour Meter
RoHS
Page 72 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
60Hz
.275 (7)
0000000
Spring clip
.08 (2)
1.81
(46)
1.77
(45)
AH57 (Base Mount) & DIN Rail Mount
.315
(8)
1.92 (48.5)
1.49 (38)
.214
(5.4)
1.62 (41.1)
.275
(7)
.236 (6)
.125
(3.2)
0000000
Rail
DIN 46277
.094 (2.4)
.41
(10.4)
.75
(19)
1.92 (48.5)
1.49 (38)
1.26 (32)
EXAMPLE: H57
24VAC
Series
H57 = Panel Mount
AH57 = Base Mount
H57.55 = Extended 2.16" x 2.16"
Bezel for 2" diameter cutout
H57.72 = Extended 2.83" x 2.83"
Bezel for 2" diameter cutout
Voltages
12, 24, 36, 80, 110 VDC
24, 40,110, 220, 440 VAC
Frequency (AC units only)
50 or 60Hz (Specify)
Accessories
DR-4 = 4 DIN Rail (DIN 46277)
1.10
(28)
1.89
(48)
2.42 (61.5)
How To Order:
H57 (Panel Mount)
1.26 (32)
Specifications:
Termination: Flat tabs .031 x .250" with screw terminal
Voltages: 24, 110, 220, 440 VAC +15%, 50 Hz or 60Hz
12 to 24, 36 to 80, 110 VDC ± 10 %
Test Voltage: 2000V, 50 Hz
Ambient temperature:
-15° to +50°C on AC; -20° to +60°C on DC
Power Consumption:
Appr. 2 VA at 220 VAC; Appr. 180 mW at 12 VDC
Hour range: AC Units: 99999.99 hours
DC Units: 999999.99 hours
Height of Figures: 4 mm
Color of Figures:
Hours: white on black, Decimals: red on black
Color of Housing: Black
Operation indicator: Fast rotating, white
Approvals: UL Listed: File # E128604X, CE Approved
Weight: AH57: 84g; H57 48g
Dimensions:
2.42 (61.5)
timers
2002/95/EC
Description:
These meters are mainly used for monitoring the running
time of machines, apparatus and instruments as well as for
recording maintenance time, warranty time or rental use
time. A synchronous motor operating through a gear train
drives the number wheels for the display of full hours 1/10 h
and 1/100 h. On AC-versions, the main supply (50 or 60 Hz)
is used as frequency standard. On DC-versions the exact
frequency generated by means of a quartz crystal. A rugged
and completely insulated plastic housing provides substantial
protection against environmental influences.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
HC77
Features
• Dual 7 digit display w/characters magnified
to .157" (4mm)
Combination
Hour Meter & Totalizer
• Low Cost
• Isolation protection to VDEO435.
• AC or DC Voltages
RoHS
2002/95/EC
Applications:
☛ Heating and utility system monitoring
☛ Machine run time monitoring and maintenance
☛ Refrigeration systems
☛ Water treatment equipment
☛ Compressors
☛ Industrial washing equipment
Specifications:
Termination: Flat tabs .031 x .250" with screw terminal
Voltages: 24, 110, 220 VAC +15%, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
12 to 24, 36 to 80, 110 VDC ± 10 %
Power Consumption:
Appr. 2.5 VA at 220 VAC; Appr. 220 mW at 12 VDC
Ambient temperature:
-15° to +50°C on AC; -20° to +60°C on DC
Environmental Protection: IP42, DIN 40 050 from front
Hour range: AC Units: 99999.99 hours
DC Units: 999999.99 hours
Count range: 9999999 counts
Display: Dual display with characters magnified to 0.157"
(4mm) high.
Color of Figures:
White on black for hours, red on white for decimal hours
White on black for totalizing counter.
Color of Housing: Black
Operation indicator: Fast rotating, red
Weight: 2.3 Oz. (65g)
Approvals: CE Approved, UL Listed; File# E128604
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Dimensions:
HC77
1.18
(30)
1.89
(48)
0000000
0.31 (8)
h
0000000
Spring clip
1.81 (46)
1.77 (45)
+
~
–
~
How To Order:
EXAMPLE:
.08 (2)
HC77
24VAC
60Hz
SC
Series
HC77 = Panel Mount
HC77.55 = Extended 2.16" x 2.16"
Bezel for 2" diameter cutout
HC77.72 = Extended 2.83" x 2.83"
Bezel for 2" diameter cutout
Voltages
12VDC (12 to 24 VDC)
36VDC (36 to 80 VDC)
110VDC (110 VDC ± 15%)
24V (AC Voltages ±10%)
110V (AC Voltages ±10%)
220V (AC Voltages ±10%)
Frequency (AC units only)
50 or 60Hz (Specify)
Options:
SC = Separate Connections
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 73
timers
Description:
This combination meter comprises a running time totalizer
and an adding counter with a separate 7 digit display for
each. In the standard version, the two meters are connected
in parallel; the totalizer counts the number of pulses while
the time meter totalizes the connect time. The time meter
displays to hundredths of an hour (36 second intervals). A
red visual indicator shows that the unit is operating. The
unit is supplied with a clamp clip attachment for mounting
and 2.16" x 2.16" (55mm) and 2.16" x 2.16" (72 x 72 mm)
bezels are available as accessories. On AC models, the main
supply (50 or 60 Hz) is used as the frequency standard. On
DC models, the frequency is quartz crystal controlled.
HC67
Features
• Dual 7 digit display w/characters magnified
to 0.157" (4mm)
• Synchronous Motor Drive
• Isolation protection to VDEO435.
• AC Voltages
Combination
Hour Meter & Totalizer
RoHS
Description:
This combination counter consists of a running time meter
and an adding counter. These two meters are connected in
parallel, the adding counter registering the total number
of events and the time meter the total operating time of the
device. Due to high shock resistance, a reliable count is
guaranteed.
Dimensions:
2.09 (53)
00000000 h
1.10
(28)
Applications:
☛Heating and utility system monitoring
☛Machine run time monitoring and maintenance
☛Refrigeration systems
☛Water treatment equipment
☛Compressors
☛Industrial washing equipment
00000000
1.97 (50)
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
Hour Meter:
Counting range: 99999.99 h
The coil of an impulse counter receives a drive pulse from
a divider circuit every 36 seconds = 0.1h (quartz accuracy).
On-times < 36 s are not counted.
Silver plated flat pin 0.25" x 0.031" (6.3 x 0.8mm)
0.98 x 1.97
(25 x 50)
timers
2002/95/EC
Adding Counter: Counting range: 9999999 pulses.
Specifications:
Termination: Flat tabs .031 x .250"
Voltages: 110, 220 VAC +10%, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Power Consumption: Appr. 1.7 VA at 220 VAC
Operating temperature: +14° to 140° F (-10° to +60°C)
Environmental Protection: IP51 (front side in built-in
state)
Count range: 99999.99 hours; 9999999 counts
Display: Dual 7 digit display with characters magnified to
0.157" (4mm) high.
Color of Figures:
White on black for hours, red on white for decimal hours
White on black for totalizing counter.
Color of Housing: Black
Weight: 2.3 Oz. (65g)
Approvals: CE Approved
Page 74 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
0.35
(8)
0.08
(2)
How To Order:
EXAMPLE:
HC67
1.30
(33)
2.46 (62.5)
110VAC
0.12
(3)
60Hz
Series
HC67 ......................................................................................
Voltages
110V (AC Voltages ±10%)
220V (AC Voltages ±10%)
Frequency
50 or 60Hz (Specify)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
M Series
Multi-Resolution
Elapsed Timers
Features
• All Standard Voltages
• Electric, Manual, or Non-Reset Available
• Varied Resolutions Available
• Varied Mounting Styles
• Many Options Available
Specifications:
Display: 5 or 6 digit with reset 5 or 8 digit without reset
Digit: .160" high (each time designation has color-coded
wheels for easy display)
Operating Voltage: 6,12, 24, 48, 110VDC; 12, 24, 110,
220VAC
Accuracy: AC-based on line frequency, DC-crystal oscillator rated at .05% accuracy
Power Consumption: 2.5 W typ., 9 W required for reset
Supply Voltage: ±10% of rated voltage
Supply Ripple: 10% maximum (DC units only)
Temperature: +32° F to +112° F (0° C to +45°C) operating
Mounting:
Dotted Lines Show
Spring Clip Mount
2.210
(56)
1.575
1.260 (40)
(32)
Screw Panel Mount
2.95
(75)
1
2
3
.850
(21.6)
4
2.16
(55)
.510
(13)
1.18
(30)
Spring-Clip Panel Mount
.823
(21)
.26 (6.6)
.247
(6.3)
1.848 (47)
Control Line:
Close to Disable timing
1.968 +.020
(50)
AC Neutral / DC Negative
1
2
3
4
1.260
(32)
PANEL
CUTOUT
.985 +.020
(25)
.125" DIA Holes for Screw Mount only
(use #4 flat head)
AC Hot / DC Positive
Close to reset timer (if equipped)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 How To Order
EXAMPLE:
MTH 16.
1
1
12VDC V
Series
AC with Reset:
MTH16. (Hours 1/100)
MTM15. (Minutes 1/10)
MTS16. (Seconds only)
MTHMS16. (Hrs, Min, Sec)
MTHM15. (Hrs, Min 1/10)
AC without Reset:
MTH18. (Hours 1/100)
MTM17. (Minutes 1/10)
MTS18. (Seconds only)
MTHMS16. (Hrs, Min, Sec)
MTHM15. (Hrs, Min 1/10)
DC with Reset:
MLTH15. (Hours 1/100)
MLTM15. (Minutes 1/10)
MLTS16. (Seconds only)
MLTHMS16. (Hrs, Min, Sec)
MLTHM15. (Hrs, Min 1/10)
DC without Reset:
MLTH17. (Hours 1/100)
MLTM17. (Minutes 1/10)
MLTS18. (Seconds only)
MLTHMS16. (Hrs, Min, Sec)
MLTHM15. (Hrs, Min 1/10)
Mounting:
1 = Screw panel
2 = Spring clip
0 = Rear Mount (for F1K1 Option Only)
Reset:
0 = Non-reset
1 = Manual
2 = Electric
3 = Manual and electric
Voltage (specify)
DC - 6, 12, 24, 48, 100
AC - 12, 24, 110, 220
Available Options:
TB - terminal block
V - manual reset guard
US - spade key reset
ML - magnifying lens
HT - extended temperature (+32°F to +140°F)
F1 - screw panel mount frame w/ socket box (cutout W2.15" x
H1.20")
F1DK - transparent polycarbonate
cover, keylock, tamper-proof.
F1DV - transparent polycarbonate
cover, knob closure
F1K1 - silicone cover, 0 mount style
Enclosures:
N7 - explosion proof
N4 - weatherproof
N12 - dust and oil tight
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 75
timers
Description:
The M Series hours, minutes and seconds timer offers more
voltages, reset options and more resolutions than any other
electromechanical timer made today. Driven by a solid state
circuit, with control line input that insures .05% accuracy,
these timers provide instrument level performance.
HB26 Series
timers
Features
• REPLACES HB16 SERIES
• Operation Indicator: Fast Rotating Gear
Wheel
• Driven By A Synchronous Motor
• Wide Variety Of Operating Voltages
• Small Size
• Long Life
• Low Cost
Applications:
Engine Hour Meters
Rental Equipment
Maintenance Timer
Description:
This 6 digit hour meter is the perfect timer when low cost, small
size and high quality are important. It is available in AC or DC
voltages with manual reset. Highly visible white on black hour
digits including red on black decimal digits. Unit is also pluggable
into socket box 945.2.
Specifications:
Color of Housing: Black
Digits: 6, .177" (4.5mm) high
Display: 9999.99h for AC models, 99999.9h for DC models
Hours: white figures on black
Decimal digits: red figures on black
Reset: Manual reset
Operating Voltages:
24, 115, 230 VAC, +/- 10%
50/60 Hz
12-24, 36-80, 115 VDC +/-15%
Termination: Wire leads .078" x .0192 (2mm x .5mm2) NYFAZ
19.685" long (.5m)
Temperature: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to 50°C)
Power Consumption: Appr. 2 VA at 230 VAC, Appr. 80mW at 12
VDC, Appr. 270mW at 24 VDC
Weight: 2.116 ounces (60 grams)
Protection: IP 42 front side, sealing cover K1: IP 54 front side,
Transparent cover Dv and Dvs: IP 55 front side
Approvals: CE Approved
Options:
Spade Key Reset (US, Secret Reset (SR)
Flexible sealing cover: K1
Flat pins .031" x .110" (.8mm x 2.8mm)
with push-on connectors
Flat pins .031" x .248" (.8mm x 6.3mm)
with-out push-on connectors
Accessories:
Socket box: 945.2
Flexible sealing cover: K1 black
Front bezels: F1 black
Dummy housing .984 x 1.968 (25 x 50mm) grey, black
Page 76 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Hour Run Meter with Reset
RoHS
2002/95/EC
How To Order:
EXAMPLE: HB26
1
1
110VAC 60HZ
Series
6 digit hour meter
Mounting
0 = Non flange
1 = Screw panel mount
2 = Spring clip
3 = Large screw panel
Reset
0 = none
1 = panel reset
Voltage
24, 115, 230 VAC (±15%)
12-24, 36-80, 115 VDC (±15%)
Frequency (AC only)
50 or 60 Hz
Available Options (add to end of part number)
K1 - Silicone cover #3 mount style
F1- Frame - with socket box 945.2
0 Mount only
945.2 - Socket box
F1DVS - Frame with locking cover & 945.2 socket box
F1DK - Frame with knob closure cover & 945.2 socket box
FL - 6" (253mm) Wire Leads
US -Spade Key Reset
TB - Terminal Block
SR - Secret Reset
NOTE: The HB26 replaces the HB16
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Silver plated push-on connector
1.97
(50)
0.98
(25)
0.30
(7.5)
0 Mount Style
2.20
(56)
M4 x 5 depth
2
0.41
(10.3)
0.28
(7)
2.58
(65.5)
0.19 (4.7) dia.
1
0.51
(13)
1.42
(36)
0.08
(2)
1.20
(30.6)
Manual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
0.87 x 1.81
(22 x 46.1)
0.85 x 1.80
(21.5 x 45.6)
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
1.20
(30.6)
1.97
(50)
Manual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
1.26
(32)
1.57
(40)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
0.12
(3)
M3
1.97
(50)
Manual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
2.09
(53)
1.26
(32)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
2.46
(62.5)
1 Mount Style
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
0.98 x 1.97
(25 x 50)
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
1.10
(28)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
2 Mount Style
2.36
(60)
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
0.12
(3)
2.46
(62.5)
1.97
(50)
Manual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
Silver plated push-on connector
0.98 x 1.97
(25 x 50)
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
1.50
(38)
1.97
(50)
0.30
(7.5)
0.08
(2)
1.50
(38)
0.28
(7)
1.30
(33)
M4
0.12
(3)
2.46
(62.5)
3 Mount Style
Panel
Cut-Out
0.98
(25)
2.36
(60)
1.97
(50)
Tin plated flat push-on connector 0.06 (1.5 mm) dia.
2.13
(54)
Manual reset option
5 & 6 digit units only
1.97 0.98
(50) (25)
1.14 x 2.11
(29 x 53.5)
Silver plated flat pin 0.03" x 0.11" (0.8 x 2.8 mm)
1.50
(38)
3.46
(88)
F1Mount Style
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Panel
Cut-Out
1.16
(29.5)
0.12
(3)
0.28
(7)
0.06
(1.5)
1.50
(38)
M4
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 77
timers
0.98 x 1.97
(25 x 50)
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
timers
Features
• Operation Indicator: Fast Rotating Gear
Wheel
• Driven By A Synchronous Motor
• Wide Variety Of Operating Voltages
• Less Than 2" Deep
Description:
This hour meter is the perfect timer when low cost, small
size and high quality are important. It is available in 7 digits
without reset. Engine hour meters, rental equipment, maintenance timer and telephone usage are a few of the applications using this timer.
Specifications:
Color of Housing: Black
Digits: .160" high
Display: 99999.99 (7 digits) AC Units
999999.99 (8 digits) DC Units
Decimal digits: red figures on black
Hours: white figures on black
Drive: synchronous motor for AC units
stepping motor for DC units
Resolution: Hours & 1/100ths.
Reset: non-reset
Operating Voltages:
DC: 12-24, 36-80, 110 + 15%
AC: 24, 110, 220 + 15%
Accuracy: .05%
Termination: Flat tabs .031 x .250" with screw terminal
Temperature:+ 5° F (-15° C) to + 122° F (50° C)
Power Consumption:
on 24 and 110 VAC approx. 1.5 VA
on 220 VAC approx. 2 VA.
on 12 VDC approx. 85 mW.
on 24 VDC approx. 170 mW.
Approvals: CE Approved
How To Order
EXAMPLE: H37
2
0
Series
7 digit hour meter
Mounting
1 = panel mount
2 = spring clip
Reset
0 = none
Voltage
12-24, 36-80, 110 VDC (±15%)
24, 110, 220 VAC (±15%)
Frequency (AC only)
50 or 60 Hz
110VAC 60HZ
Page 78 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Hour Run Meter
Dimensions:
2.20
(56)
2.09*
(53)
1.57 1.10*
(40) (28)
1.26
(32)
110
(28)
.125 TYP.
(3.2)
* 2.09 x 1.10 Dimensions Are For Spring Clip Mount;
2.20 x 1.57 Are For Panel Mount.
.98
(25)
.87 x 1.77
(22 x 45)
H37 Series
1.26
(32)
1.86 (47.3)
2.03 (51.5)
1.98 ± .010
(50 ± 0.5)
PANEL
CUT OUT
.99 ± .010
(25 ± 0.5)
NOTE: The H37 replaces the HB17
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
KAL-DTIME
Features
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD,
8 Digit Electronic Timer
• 8 Digits Standard
• Meets NEMA 4X and IP65 Ratings
• Long Life (10 Year) Lithium Battery
• Screw Terminal Block
• Electronic or Contact Closure Input
• Electronic Input for Sinking Inputs from a Max. of
18VDC Without Module
Description:
The KAL-DTIME timers are small, lithium battery powered,
timers that are panel mounted. The timers are designed as replacements for standard electro-mechanical timers. They use the
latest custom CMOS technology and incorporate an 8 digit, 0.354”
(9mm) high, LCD display.
It operates from a long life lithium battery (life 10 years) and
can be operated from contact closure or electronic devices. No
separate alkaline batteries are required. The front reset button
can be disabled if desired.
RoHS
2002/95/EC
KAL-DTIME Wiring:
1 - Timing Input
2 - Not Used
3 - External Reset Input
4 - Direction Input
5 - External Power for Backlight
6 - 0V, Common
Timing Input:
Specifications:
+V
Battery: Non-replaceable Lithium battery, expected life of 10
years at 20°C
Display: 8 digit black LCD, Digit size 0.354” (9mm) high, leading
zero blanking,
Backlight: backlight requires external 5V supply (±0.5V @
20mA). 12V, 24V and 30V can be used with the use of an
external resistor, see backlight wiring diagram for details and
resistor values.
Reset: Panel or remote (can be disabled if desired)
Time Range:
SECONDS: MINUTES and SECONDS:
HOURS and 1/100ths HOURS and MINUTES: timers
• High Voltage Input (optional):
10 to 240 V AC; 10 to 110V DC
• UL Listed
1
1.0V
6
+V
≤18V
R
1.0V
99999999
99999-59
99999-99
99999-59
6
+V
≤18V
2.0V
1.0V
R
Battery Life: 10 years at 20°C (calculated)
Connection: Finger-proof screw terminal for wires up to 0.06”2
(1.5mm2 )
≥15mS
• Sink input NPN or contact
closure
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max 18V, theshold 1V
• Negative edge trigger
• Min. 15mS
Direction Input:
4
Relative Humidity: 80% max. up to 31°C, decreasing to 50%
max. at 40°C
T
External Reset Input:
3
Temperature Range:
Operating: 14 to 1400F (-10 to 60°C)
Storage: -4 to 1400F (-20 to 60°C)
≤18V
R
• Sink input NPN
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• Max 18V, theshold 1V
• Negative edge trigger
• Seconds, Minutes-Seconds
T=Minimum 1 second
• Hours 1/110, Hours-Minutes
T=Minimum 6 seconds
6
• Sink input NPN or contact
closure
• R = Internal resistor 3.3MΩ
• UP: Not connected or >2V
(logic 1), max 18V
• DOWN: Connected to common or <1V (logic 0)
• Direction signal must change
>5µS before Count signal.
Sealing: NEMA 4X/IP65; Remove film from self adhesive gasket before use! Overvoltage Category II, Pollution Fegree 2
(IEC 64)
Certifications: UL Listed
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 79
KAL-DTIMEAC/DC Wiring
Backlight Wiring
1 - High Voltage Timing Input
2 - High Voltage External Reset
Input
3 - Common for pins 1 & 2
4 - Direction Input
5 - External Power for Backlight
6 - 0V, Common for pins 4 & 5
5
6
4)-%).054
10-240 VAC
10-110 VDC
R
2%3%4).054
10-240 VAC
10-110 VDC
R
2
T
T
=
=
=
=
07
3607
1K7
1.2K7
Jumpers
Front Panel Reset
Enabled
High Voltage Timing Input
• Opto-isolated
• R = Internal resistor 50kΩ
• 10 - 240V AC ±10%
• 10 - 110V DC ±10%
• Seconds, Minutes-Seconds
T=Minimum 1 second
• Hours 1/110, Hours-Minutes
T=Minimum 6 seconds
Front Panel Reset
Disabled
Seconds
99999999
High Voltage Reset Input
• Opto-isolated
• R = Internal resistor 50kΩ
• 10 - 240V AC ±10%
• 10 - 110V DC ±10%
• Min 15mS
Minutes - Seconds
99999-59
Hours - 1/100
99999-99
Hours - Minutes
99999-59
Dimensions
2.32"
(59mm)
88888888
0.87" x 1.77"
(21.9 x 44.9 mm)
1.89"
(48mm)
0.95"
(24mm)
timers
3
R
R
R
R
External supply for backlight is 5 VDC @ 20mA
R = external resistor; see table next to diagram above.
High Voltage Input:
1
5V:
12V:
24V:
30V:
Panel Cutout: 0.92" x 1.77" (22.5 x 45 mm)
2.0"
(51.4 mm)
How To Order:
KAL-DTIME....................... 8 digit timer with 10 yr battery
KAL-DTIMEAC/DC........... 8 digit timer with 10 yr battery
with High Voltage Input
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Page 80 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
134K-135K
Technical data
Power supply:non-replaceable lithium battery (lifetime
approximately 8 years at 20°C)
Backlighting: external electrical source 24 V DC
+/-20%, 50 mA
Display: LCD, 8 decades, 8 mm high characters
Display range: –9999999 to 99999999, with overflow
display
Reset: manual and electrical
Timing inputs:
A. Standard DC Input (max. 30 V DC)
NPN or PNP
Switching level: NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 30 V DC
PNP: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 4 to 30 V DC
B. High Voltage Input (10 to 260 V DC/AC)
Timing input: Optocoupler input, max. 30 Hz
Min. pulse time: 16 ms
Switching level: Low: 0 to 2 V DC/AC, High: 10 to
260 V DC/AC
C. Timing range switching (Mode)
Time Range: see order table
Contact input:
Open Collector NPN (switching at 0 V DC)
Switching level:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 5 V DC
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 • Lifetime of the battery approximately 8
years
• Locking of the reset key
• Operating temperature –10 to +60 °C
D. Reset Input (only DC and high voltage)
Minimum pulse time:
DC: 50 ms, high voltage: 16 ms
Contact input DC*:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 30 V DC
High voltage input: 10 to 260 V DC/V AC
E. Electrical reset key locking (for DC and AC)
Input not active: Reset key locked
Contact input:
Open Collector NPN (switching at 0 V)
Switching level:
NPN: Low: 0 to 0.7 V, High: 3 to 5 V DC
Interference emissions:
EN 55011 Class B, EN 61000-6-2 EN
61010 Section 1 (only AC versions)
Housing: dark grey RAL 7021
Operating temperature:
–10 to +55 °C
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +60 °C
Storage temperature:
–20 to +70 °C
Protection:NEMA4/IP65 front
Weight: approximately 50 g
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 81
timers
Features
• Low price and high efficiency
• Large (8 mm) 8-digit LCD display,
• Optional backlighting
• Different time ranges from 0.1 second to
100,000 hours
• 0.1 second synchronization makes it suitable for very short activation times
• High voltage input for 10 to 260 V AC/DC
voltage pulses
• Very high accuracy: 100 ppm
• NEMA4/IP65 Front Panel
• Screw terminals, RM 5 mm
Battery Powered Hour Meters
with LCD Display
timers
Dimensions:
Order Table
X: 5 = no backlight
X: 6 = with backlight
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Page 82 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
KAL-RATE
K198
Features
• Suitable for portable devices, vending and
gaming machines, printers and copiers
LCD Hour Meter Module
for PCB Mount
• Recording of running time, outage times, set
up times
• Non-volatile memory (no battery)
• Wide temperature range and wide voltage
supply range
• Low operating current
• Small size and low cost
• Very high shock and vibration resistance
Specifications
Supply 8 ... 28 V DC with reverse
polarity protection
Current consumption: 3 mA maximum at 8 ... 24 V DC
10 mA at 28 V DC
Start and reset input: 8 ... 28 V DC
Display: 6-digit display,
figure height 8mm
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing: Dimension 15 x 33 mm
Color: black
Operating temperature: –40 ... +85 ¡C
Humidity: 95 % RH +32 C for 2 hours
EMC: according to EC EMC directive
89/36/EWG
Interference emission: EN 50081-2/EN 55 011 Class B
Interference resistance:EN 6100-6-2
Weight: approximately 8 g
Memory capacity: CMOS EEPROM. Nonvolatile
memory has data retention
in excess of 10 years without
power.
Protection from: inductive swichting, alternator
load dump
Dimensions
Wiring
Ordering Information
K198 = LCD PCB Mount Hour Meter
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 83
timers
• Very high reliability
Features
• Rugged Case
HVA
Preset Hour Meter
• Varied Mounting Styles
• Manual Reset
• 5 Amp Switch
• Times Up to Preset
Application:
Perfect adding preset timer for chemical processes,
electroplating baths, controlling periods of time, and endurance tests.
Description:
Dual display 5 digit, preset. These units feature two registers, one for the set point, one for the actual time. Change
setpoint during a run with front panel buttons. Manual reset
on front panel. Upon reaching preset, a 5 amp Form C
switch trips. The timer continues timing to register actual
time elapsed. Panel or spring clip mount; accepts most voltages AC/DC; keylock transparent cover available.
Specifications:
Display: 4 hour digits-white on black, 1 decimal digit-red on
black.
Digits: Preset (.157"), counting (.197")
Resolutions: Hours 1/10
Operating Voltages: 12, 24, 48VDC; 24, 48, 110, 220VAC.
Power Consumptions: 1.5W, DC; 2.2 VA, AC.
Switching: 5 amp Form C transfers at preset.
Switch Rating: AC load max. 250V 5A DC load max 12V
3A; 24V 2A.
Arc suppression recommended for inductive load.
Temperature: (-10°C to +50°C) +12°F to ±122°F.
Weight: 5 oz.; including frame, 7 oz.
Approvals: CE Approved
Page 84 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Wiring:
N.O. 21
COMM. 20
N.C. 22
INPUT
preset timers
• Preset Displayed Permanently
(+)
1
(-)
2
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
F2DV Option:
0 Mounting Style:
0.26
(6.5)
1 7 2
0 1
1.97 (50)
0.08
(2)
0.30
(7.5)
0.51
(13)
0.28
(7)
1.42
(36)
21
20
22
8
M
de 4
pt
h
0.51
(13)
0.98 (25)
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
1.97 (50)
0 2
Gasket
1.18 (30)
0.14
(3.5)
Silver plated push-on connector
Silver plated round pin 0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
9 3 1
F2DVS Option:
1
0.51
(13)
3.13
(79.5)
2
0.41
(10.3)
0.67
(17.5)
2.58 (65.5)
0.08
(2)
2.54
(64.5)
1 Mounting Style:
1 7 2
0 1
1.42
(36)
0.30
(7.5)
2.20 (56)
K2 Option:
90°
M4x15
0.28
(7)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
2.07
(52.5)
1.97 (50)
2 Mounting Style:
0.39
(10)
Silver plated push-on connector
1 7 2
0 1
0.30
(7.5)
2.17 (55)
0.08
(2)
1.97 (50)
0 2
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
9 3 1
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.17 (55)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
0.28
(7)
1.42
(36)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
1.97 (50)
0 1
2.36 (60)
0.30
(7.5)
0.08
(2)
90°
1.97 (50)
1 7 2
0.28
(7)
1.42
(36)
1.97 (50)
0.118
(3)
2.58 (65.5)
0 2
1 7 2
0 1
2.36 (60)
90°
0.28
(7)
3.48 (88.5)
1.97 (50)
0.33
(8.3)
2.48 (63)
2.13 (54)
1.97 (50)
2.48 (63)
2.95 (75)
9 3 1
M4
0.17
(4.3)
0.118
(3)
Voltages (specify)
12, 24, 48 VDC
24, 48, 110 and 220 VAC
Frequency (AC only)
50 or 60 Hz
F2B Option:
Push-on connector
0.031 x 0.11 (0.8 x 2.8)
Flat pin
0.031 x 0.11 (0.8 x 2.8)
How To Order:
EXAMPLE:HVA15 1 1 110VAC 60Hz
Series
Reset
1 = Manual push button
0.33
(8.3)
2.48 (63)
0 2
2.52
(64)
M4
0.17
(4.3)
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
9 3 1
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.48 (63)
2.95 (75)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
2.07
(52.5)
0.26
(6.5)
Mounting
0 = Rear stud mount
1 = Screw panel
2 = Spring clip
3 = Large screw panel
3 Mounting Style:
Silver plated push-on connector
3.11
(79)
0.08
(2)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 2.13 (54)
Available Options (add to end of part number)
K2 - Silicon cover
F2 - Frame w/ Socket Box
F2DVS - Frame w/ locking cover & Socket Box
F2DV- Frame w/ knob cover & Socket Box
US - Key reset
DVS -Locking cover without Frame
DV - Knob cover without Frame
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 85
preset timers
0.08
(2)
M3
0.23
(5.8)
1.97 (50)
0 2
1.97 x 1.97
(50 x 50)
9 3 1
0.13
(3.2)
1.85 x 1.81
(47 x 46)
2.68 (68)
2.36 (60)
Silver plated round pin
0.06" (1.5 mm) dia.
2.36 (60)
Silver plated push-on connector
DT20 Series
Features
• 24 Hour (AM & PM), 7 Day Programming
Day Timer with
20 Programmable Presets
• 20 Programs Provide Up To 10 ON & 10 OFF
Events Per Day / Week
• Rechargeable Battery Backup With 100 Hour
Carry-Over
• 16 Amp, SPDT Relay
• Manual Override
preset timers
• Several Mounting Styles Available
The DT20 is a compact electronic 24 hour/7 day time switch
module, with heavy duty relay contacts for switching low or line
voltage loads. Applicable for time of day control of pumps, fans,
heaters, HVAC control circuits, lighting, machinery and many
other types of commercial, industrial, and agricultural equipment.
All models feature large keys with unique “circular programming” for easy programming, a large LCD display and battery
backup.
TECHNICAL DATA:
Channels:
1
Programs:
20
Manual 3 way override:
On-Auto-Off
Shortest switching time:
1 minute
Reserve carryover:
100 Hours
Input voltage:
24VAC/DC
120VAC
208/240VAC
Switching output:
SPDT relay
Switch ratings:
16A @ 277VAC 25ma, 40VDC
1000W Tungsten @ 250VAC
500W @ 125VAC
Input draw: 4VA
Input frequency: 50 or 60Hz
Wiring connections: 1/4" quick connects
Ambient temperature: -20° F to 140° F (-28° C to 60° C)
Approvals: UL and Canadian UL recognized: File E83486
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
The standard DT20 models may be surface mounted inside
a panel or flush mounted with DTA-PH Base mounting kit,
available from KEP. Indoor NEMA 1 (DTA-E150), and outdoor
NEMA 3R (DTA-E200) enclosures are available for stand-alone
mounting.
CAUTION!
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn power off at main panel before servicing the DT42 or
the equipment it controls.
Page 86 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Additional Mounting Options:
DT20 Day Timer
How To Order:
DTA-PH
2.83 (72)
2.60 (66)
DTA-CC
Clear Cover
0.81
(21)
Panel Cutout
2.62 (66.5) x 2.62 (66.5)
Max. Panel Thicknes 0.2 (5)
1.25 (32)
Example:
Series:
DT20 = DT20
A
Day Timer
Operating Voltage:
A= 110 VAC
B= 220 VAC
C= 24 V AC/DC
Mounting Accessories
DTA-PH = Panel Housing for Panel Mount
DTA-CC= Clear Cover for Panel Housing (DTA-PH)
DTA-B= Base with Screw Terminal
(not for panel mounting)
DTA-TC= Terminal Cover for DTA-B
DTA-E150= Indoor Enclosure
DTA-E200= Outdoor Enclosure
preset timers
10.00 (254)
DTA-E150 & DTA-E200
6.5 (165)
3.75 (95)
DTA-B
2.37 (60)
3.0 (76)
4.05 (103)
2.6 (66)
1.3 (33)
2.125 (54)
1.45 (37)
DTA-TC Terminal Cover
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 87
TR-910
Programmable Time Relay
with LCD Display
Features
• Easy Operating and Programming Using
Front Keypad
• Self Powered with Internal Replaceable
Lithium Battery
• High Contrast, 2-line, 5-digit, LCD-Display
• 9 Programmable Time Ranges from 0.20
Seconds up to 99999 Hours
preset timers
• Relay Contacts Rated at 8A;
Programmable to NO or NC
RoHS
2002/95/EC
• Resolution up to 0.01 Seconds
• 3 Programmable Activation Modes
• Universal Inputs for 12 - 260 V AC/DC
• NEMA4/IP 65 Front Panel
• 8 Timing Modes
• Plug-in Connector
Specifications:
Voltage supply: Two, 3V AA replaceable lithium
battery, service life > 10 years or
500,000 relay changes
Inputs:
Timing Reset inputs: 12 to 260 V AC/
DC , impedance 180 kΩ min.impulse
20 ms, (optocoupler)
Display (time): 5-digit LCD-Display; 6.5 mm high
(set time, mode): 5-digit LCD-Display; 3.5 mm high
Accuracy: +50/-20 ms respectively 0.5 % of
setting time (higher value counts)
Repetition accuracy:
0.3 % of setting time
Operating temperature:
–10 to +60 °C
Storage temperature:
–20 to +70 °C
Relative humidity:
80% max. up to 31 °C; decreasing to
max. 50% at 40 °C
Protection: NEMA4/IP 65 with delivered seal
Page 88 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Output relays:
SPTST voltage free contacts
programmable as NO or NC
Contact Raiting: 250 V AC at 8A; cos ϕ = 1
250 V AC at 5A; cos ϕ = 0.4
30 V DC at 8A; cos ϕ = 1
Reaction time: < 20 ms
Expected life: 2 A ohm´s load 1000000 swithing
cycles
EMV: CE-conforml to EC-guideline 89/36/
EWG
Electromagnetic: EN50081-2/EN
55011 class B
Radiation: Electromagnetic immunity:
EN6100-6-2
Weight: appr. 80 g
Time ranges:
1 s ... 99999 s; 0,2 s ... 9999,9 s; 0,02
... 999,99s;
1 min ... 99999 min; 0,1 min ... 9999,9
min; 0,01 min ... 999,99 min;
1 h ... 99999 h; 0,1 h ... 9999,9 h; 0,01
h ... 999,99 h
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Timing Modes
preset timers
Dimensions
Terminal Connections
Order Code:
Model Number: TR910.010.800
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 89
INT62A
Features
• 6 Large, LED Digits
Preset Timer with LED Display
& BCD Output Option
• Contact Closure, 3 to 30 Volt DC Start/Stop
Pulse
• AC or DC Power
• Remote & Front Panel Reset
• Screw Terminal Connection
preset timers
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front Panel
Applications:
Ideal for elapsed time indication applications where a large LED
display is required. Equipment or machinery downtime indicator/
on-time indicator.
TIMER SWITCH SETTINGS:
Remove front bezel revealing DIP switches (see figure below). Set
the switches to the desired function according to the programming
instructions following: (OFF is up, ON is down)
Description:
The INT62A is a low cost, highly accurate 6 digit timer. The large,
brilliant .6" red-orange LED’s show the elapsed time. If there is a
failure of the AC or DC power source, an internal memory system
will retain all of the important information for at least ten years without any battery. The unit is housed in a NEMA 4X/IP65 front, DIN
standard panel mount enclosure. See “Timer Switch Settings”
section for “Time Base” ranges. The keypad is used to divide the
“Time Base” from 1 to 100, change the decimal point, key-in preset
times and reset the timer.
Specifications:
Mounting: Standard DIN cut-out. 3.622" (92mm) wide, 1.772"
(45mm) high, 4.4" (111.8mm) max depth behind panel.
Display: 6 digit, 0.55" High LED
Power Supply: 110 VAC 50/60 Hz., 220 VAC 50/60 Hz., 12
VDC - 10% to 24 VDC + 10%.
Accuracy: Over full temperature range, an accuracy of 0.05% is
obtained by the use of an internal crystal time base oscillator.
+ 5 Volt DC Output: Up to 100mA of + 5 Volt regulated power is
available to supply peripheral devices.
Power Consumption: Less than 425mA required for DC operation
with all options. Less than 260mA without BCD output option. AC
power consumption less than 5 watts with all options.
Standby System: Internal non-volatile RAM (EEPROM) retains
counts for at least ten years without power.
Housing: Standard high impact UL94V-O rated plastic case.
Temperature: Operating + 32 °F (0°C) to + 130°F ( + 54°C). Storage -40°F (-40°C) to + 200°F ( + 93°C).
Signal input: 3 to 30 Volt DC pulses of .5 ms. minimum duration.
BCD Output: Parallel TTL 5VDC compatible positive true logic four
lines per digit. Six full digits of data.
Page 90 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
OPEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW 1
OFF Reset to zero
ON Reset to preset
SW 2
SW 3
OFF Level activation (continuous time)
ON Pulsed activation (start and stop on same line)
ON This switch must be in this position to be a timer. (if
OFF it is a counter, see Preset Counter section)
SW 4, 5
SW4
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Sets time base. (see below)
SW5
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
TIME BASE
Seconds and 1/100
Minutes and 1/100
Hours and 1/100
Minutes and seconds
SW 6
OFF Outputs latched until reset
ON 250 mS. output (momentary)
SW 7
OFF Display continues to count thru preset.
ON Display recycles at preset
SW 8
OFF Timer will not stop if reset is activated.
ON Timer stops on reset and power recovery.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Terminal Designations:
BCD Option Terminal Designations:
AC POWER 50/60 Hz
AC POWER 50/60 Hz
D.C. INPUT
RESET
AC GND
5 VOLT OUTPUT
SIGNAL GROUND
DO NOT USE
ACTIVATE TIMER
RELAY N.O.
RELAY COMM.
RELAY N.C.
BCD 4, DIGIT 1
BCD 8, DIGIT 1
BCD 1, DIGIT 2
BCD 2, DIGIT 2
BCD 4, DIGIT 2
BCD 8, DIGIT 2
BCD 1, DIGIT 3
BCD 2, DIGIT 3
9
10
11
12
BCD 4, DIGIT 3
BCD 8, DIGIT 3
BCD 1, DIGIT 5
BCD 2, DIGIT 5
14
BCD 4, DIGIT 5
15
BCD 8, DIGIT 5
2.625
(66.68)
4.245
(107.8)
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
3.622
(92)
1.772
(45)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 A 1 A 1 5 A
Series
Mode
X = Non Preset (non-keyboard)
A = 1 Preset
Control Outputs
X = None (non-keyboard)
1 = 10 Amp Relay
2 = Open Collector Transistor
Scalability
X = None (non-keyboard)
A = ÷ by 1 to 100
Input
1 = 3 to 30 Volt DC pulse
Power Supply
1 = 12 VDC
2 = 24 VDC
5 = 110 VAC 50/60 Hz
6 = 220 VAC 50/60 Hz
Data Outputs
X = None
A = Parallel BCD
2 = Add “2” suffix if non-keyboard unit)
Accessories
Non keyboard panel separate: Model 34235
Keyboard panel Model 34236
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 91
preset timers
13
EXAMPLE: INT62
4.437
(112.7)
BEZEL
GASKET
BCD 2, DIGIT 1
NOTE:
The BCD PCB edge connector consists of 30 gold plated and
bifurcated solder connections. It is configured with two rows of
15 solder points labeled 1 to 15 and A to S. Each solder terminal
will accept up to three soldered wires of #22 AWG.
How To Order:
0.587
(14.91)
8
3.925
(99.7)
7
Mounting:
S
BCD 1, DIGIT 6
R
BCD 2, DIGIT 6
P
BCD 4, DIGIT 6
N
BCD 8, DIGIT 6
M
BCD 1, DIGIT 4
L
Terminal #8 must be connected to earth ground at all times when
in use. This provides a ground path for static electricity which
otherwise would cause faulty operation, erroneous data or circuit
damage.
BCD 2, DIGIT 4
K
BCD 4, DIGIT 4
IMPORTANT:
J
BCD 8, DIGIT 4
6
12
5
11
4
10
3
9
2
8
1
7
H
6
DO NOT USE
F
5
DO NOT USE
E
4
DO NOT USE
D
3
DO NOT USE
C
2
DO NOT USE
B
1
DO NOT USE
A
BCD 1, DIGIT 1
531 Series
Temperature Display for
Pt100 and Ni100 RTD's
Features
•Compact and Low-Cost Temperature Display
•Temperature Display in °C or °F
•MIN/MAX Value Retention
•EEPROM Data Backup on Power Failure
•Screw Terminal Connectors: pitch 5 mm
•Easy Programming and Operation
•Display Hold Input
•5 Measurements/second
Specifications:
Control inputs: High: 4-30 V DC, Low: 0-2 V DC
Supply current: 1 mA
Supply line: 2-wire: max 20 Ω, programmable 3-wire,
4-wire: max 20 Ω, no balancing required
Temp. ranges: Pt100 acc. to DIN IEC 751:
–199.9 °C to +850.0 °C
–327.8 °F to +1562.0 °F
Ni100 acc. to DIN 43760:
–60.0 °C to +250.0 °C
–76.0 °F ... +482.0 °F
Resolution: 0.1°C (0.1°F) or 1°C (1°F)
Linearity error: Pt100 < 0.1 % for entire measuring range at
an ambient temperature of 20 °C
Ni100 < 0.2 % for entire measuring range at
an ambient temperature of 20 °C
Temp. drift: 0.1 K/KAmbient
Supply voltage: 10-30 V DC, galvanically isolated with reverse
polarity protection
Current draw: max. 40 mA
Display: 5-digit display, red LED‘s; height 8 mm
Measuring rate: 5 measurements/second
Display refresh: 1-2 times per second
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing: housing for control panel 48 x 24 mm acc. to
DIN 43 700; RAL 7021, dark grey
Ambient temp.: –20 to +65 °C
EMC: according to EC EMC directive 89/36/EEC
Interference emissions:
EN 50081-2/EN 55 011 Class B
Interference resistance:
EN 6100-6-2
Protection: NEMA4 / IP65 (front)
Weight: app. 50 g
Circuit type: 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire connection
technique, programmable
Input: Pt100 or Ni100 RTD with sensor breakage
monitoring
Wiring:
Order #:
531 = Temperature Display with RTD Input
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Power Supply
2-Wire RTD
3-Wire RTD
4-Wire RTD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3
2
1
3 • Latch input
2 • 0 V DC (GND)
1 • 10 to 30 V DC
1.88"
(48mm)
1.23456
0.759"max.
(19.3mm)
0.866"x1.77"
(22x45mm)
Panel Cutout: 0.876" x 1.78" (22.3 x 45.2mm)
or 0.99" x 1.97" (25 x 50mm) with adaptor provided
0.944"
(24mm)
digital Panel meters
•Galvanic Isolation with Reverse Polarity
Protection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.32"
(59mm)
Page 92 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
0.157"
(4mm)
0.255"
(6.5mm)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
532 Series
Temperature Display for
J, K and N Thermocouples
Features
•Compact and Low-Cost Temperature Display
•Temperature Display in °C or °F
•MIN/MAX Value Retention
•EEPROM Data Backup on Power Failure
•Galvanic Isolation with Reverse Polarity
Protection
•Screw Terminal Connectors: pitch 5 mm
Internal Cold Junction Compensation
•Display Hold Input
•Easy Programming and Operation
•5 Measurements/second
•J, K, N Thermocouples with External or
Temp. ranges: according to DIN IEC 584
J (Fe-CuNi) –210.0 °C to +1200.0 °C
–346.0°F ... +2192.0 °F
K (Ni-CrNi) –200.0 °C ... +1372.0 °C
–328.0 °F ... +2501.6 °F
N (NiCrSi-NiSi) –200.0 °C ... +1300.0 °C
–328.0 °F ... +2370.0 °F
Resolution: 0.1°C (0.1°F) or 1°C (1°F)
Linearity error: < 0.4 % for entire measuring range at an
ambient temperature of 20 °C
Cold junction error:
±1.0 °C typ. ±3.0 °C
Temp. drift: 0.1 K/KAmbient
Wiring:
Power Supply
2-Wire RTD
3 • Latch input
2 • 0 V DC (GND)
1 • 10 to 30 V DC
–
0.759"max.
(19.3mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.32"
(59mm)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 +
Order #:
532 = Temperature Display with thermocouple Input
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
0.866"x1.77"
(22x45mm)
0.944"
(24mm)
3
n.c.
1.23456
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2
1
Panel Cutout: 0.876" x 1.78" (22.3 x 45.2mm)
or 0.99" x 1.97" (25 x 50mm) with adaptor provided
1.88"
(48mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
n.c.
Supply voltage: 10-30 V DC, galvanically isolated with reverse
polarity protection
Current draw: max. 40 mA
Display: 5-digit display, red 7-segment LED‘s; height 8
mm
Measuring rate: 5 measurements/second
Display refresh: 1-2 times per second
Data backup: EEPROM
Housing: housing for control panel 48 x 24 mm acc. to
DIN 43 700; RAL 7021, dark grey
Ambient temp.: –20 to +65 °C
EMC: according to EC EMC directive 89/36/EEC
Interference emissions:
EN 50081-2/EN 55 011 Class B
Interference resistance:
EN 6100-6-2
Protection: NEMA4 / IP65 (front)
Weight: app. 50 g
Input: Thermocouple Sensor
J (Fe-CuNi)
K (Ni-CrNi)
N (NiCrSi-NiSi)
with sensor breakage monitoring
Control inputs: High: 4-30 V DC, Low: 0-2 V DC
Supply current: 1 mA
Supply line: 2-wire: max 20 Ω, programmable 3-wire,
4-wire: max 20 Ω, no balancing required
0.157"
(4mm)
0.255"
(6.5mm)
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 93
digital Panel meters
Specifications:
Setpoint generator/ Time based process adjuster
533
Setpoint Generator/ Time
Based Process Adjuster
533 – the new setpoint compact class for process and automation technology
533K.2
The
set-point generator / adjuster 533
The set-point generator / adjuster 533
FEATURES
triggers a standard signal or a freely prois a real innovation opening up new appli• Functionsignal
of a digital
time
controller
analog
output.in process technology and
grammable
sequence
from
0 ... 12 V withcation
potentials
• Manual
with direct input or stepped
or
from 0 ... functions
24 mA
automation. .
incremental output of the setpoint.
• 4-digit 8 mm high top-quality LED display
DC
000000
• Physical variables output in the form of 0 to 12 V or 0 to
10 ... 30V
65 -20° +65°
DIN
x 96 analogue
4 LED signals.
2448 mA
DIN front
• Units
panel of
4 LEDs
Menu text
Supply
High
be
freely programming
programmed
and
voltage
IP value
display can
displayed – no conversion of the specified output value
required.
• High accuracy of < 0.1% of the final value.
Output
RoHS
PENDING
User-friendly:
USER-FRIENDLY:
• Simpler to run processes than with a
Innovative:
COST-SAVING
AND
COMPACT:
controller
with
• Function of a digital time
digital Panel meters
mA, V
Temperaturerange
• analogue
Ideal for output.
simulation runs without the need for expensive,
functions with
direct input
• Manual
time-consuming
running-in
of or
processes.
PLC orthan
process
• Simpler to run processes
withcontroller.
a PLC or process
• Everything can be programmed easily by
controller.
means of 2 keys and the text menu.
stepped incremental output of the set• Everything can be programmed easily by means of 2
• Digital setting - no additional DIP
point.
RoHS
keys and the text menu.
-pending
•• 4-digit
DIN 48
x 24high
mm
panel-mount
housing with installation
switches or potentiometers.
8 mm
top-quality
LED display
depth ofvariables
only 59output
mm. in the form of 0
• Digital setting - no additional
DIP switches
or
simple monitoring
of the
• Display allows
• Physical
potentiometers.
specified setpoint output.
to 12 V or 0 to 24 mA analogue signals.
Cost-saving and compact:
• Comfortable
display
as direct
• Units of display can be freely program• Display allows simple
monitoring
of theform
specified
without the
DESCRIPTION
• Ideal for simulation runssetpoint
digital value
med and displayed – no conversion of
output.
need for expensive, time-consuming runThe
generator
/ adjuster 533k.2 triggers
• 3 functions integrated as standard
the set-point
specified output
value required.
form
as
direct
digital value
ning-in
of processes. • Comfortable display in
a
standard
signal
or
a
freely
programmable
signal
themanual
C
and
• High accuracy of < 0.1% of the final
Processes
become more cost-effective
sequence
from 0 ... 12 V or from 0 ... 24 •mA
The set-point
time-based
value.
x 24 mm panel-mount housing
• DIN 48opening
generator / adjuster 533K.2 is a real innovation
with installation
up new application potentials in process technology
anddepth of only 59 mm.
• Processes become more cost-effective
automation. .
$#
000000
$).X
$).FRONT
PANEL
,%$
,%$S
Èx
6
3UPPLY
VOLTAGE
-ENUTEXT
PROGRAMMING
(IGH
)0VALUE
‡ÓäcÊʳÈxc
4EMPERATURE
RANGE
ÊÊʓ]Ê6
/UTPUT
SPECIFICATIONS
Technical
data:
Supply
voltage:
Power consumption:
Display:
Data backup:
Housing:
Protection:
Operating temperature:
Storage temperature:
Conformity:
EMC:
10 ... 30 V DC, galvanically isolated with
integrated protection against incorrect polarity
max. 1W
4-digit display, red 7-segment LEDs;
height 8 mm [0.35“]
EEPROM
housing for control panel 48 x 24 mm [1.89 x 0.945“]
accord. to DIN 43 700; RAL 7021, dark grey
IP65 (front)
-20 ... +65 °C [-4 ... +149 °F]
-25 ... +85 °C [-13 ... +185 °F]
conforms to CE requirements acc. to the
EC directive 89/36/EEC
interference emissions EN 55011 class B
interference resistance EN61000-6-2
Page 94 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Test voltages:
Test voltage:
Current output:
Voltage output:
Control input
Hold (high active):
Accuracy:
Weight:
Connections:
EN 61010-1, degree of soiling 2
and overvoltage category 2
500 V, 50 Hz, 1 min.
0 ... 24 mA, increment 10 µA
load 20 mA up to < 500 Ohm,
> 20 mA up to< 400 Ohm
0 ... 12 V, increment 10 mV
load > 2 kOhm
High: 4 ... 30 V DC
Low: 0 ... 2 V DC
< 0.1 % of the terminal value +0.01 %/K
approx. 50 g [1.764 oz.]
screw terminal, pitch 5.08 mm, 7 poles
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
533 – the new setpoint compact class for process and automation technology
Block diagram:
1
Inputs
1: 10 ... 30 V DC
2: GND_1
3: GND_2
4: Hold
DC
DC
2
4
3
7
D
µC
Outputs
5: 0 ... 24 mA (Iout)
6: GND_3
7: 0 ... 12 V DC (Uout)
6
A
5
Terminal assignment:
22 x 45
1
2
3
4
5 0 ... 24 mA
6 Analog GND 3
7 0 ... 10 V DC
10 ... 30 VDC
GND 1
GND 2
Hold
4 [0.158]
Panel cut-out:
22.2+0.3 x 45+0.6 mm
[0.874+0.012 x 1.772+0.024]
1
2
6.5 [0.256]
59 [2.323]
CODIX 533
Bezel
Panel cut-out:
53 [2.087]
25+0.5
[0.984+0.02]
25 x 50
+
56 [2.205]
32±0.1
[1.26±0.004]
25+0.5
[0.984+0.02]
25 x 50
32 [1.26]
[0.894 x 1.969]
50+0.6
[1.969+0.024]
40 [1.575]
4
5
6
7
–
–
+
2 Analogue input
4 [0.158]
M3
1 [0.039]
1
3
1 Power supply
1 [0.039]
1
2
50+0.6
[1.969+0.024]
[0.984 x 1.969]
28
[1.103]
1
4 [0.158]
Countersinking Af3, DIN 74
Dimensions in mm [inch]
Delivery includes:
Digital display
Panel mounting clip
Bezel for clip mount,
panel cut-out 50 x 25 mm [1.969 x 0.984“]
Bezel for screw mount,
panel cut-out 50 x 25 mm [1.969 x 0.984“]
Seal
1 set of self-adhesive symbols
Multilingual operating instructions
Ordering Information:
Order#: 533K.2 -Setpoint Generator/
Time Based Process
Adjuster
New for 2006/2007
Kessler-Ellis
Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 95
digital Panel meters
24
max. 19.3
[0.76]
[0.945]
48 [1.89]
22 x 45
[0,866 x 1.772]
Dimensions:
TP-554 Series
Temperature/Process Monitor
With or Without Alarms
Features
• Very bright LED display, height 14mm
• DIN housing, 96 x 48 mm
• Programmable operating curve for standard
signals, thermocouples,resistance thermometers, etc.
Specifications:
• Display range: -19.999..99.999
• Input ranges:
0..400 Ω, 0..4000 Ω
0..100 mV, -100..+100 mV
Thermocouples
• Integrated operating curves for thermocouples(types B, C, D,
E, G, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)
• Programmable input operating curve with up to 24 reference
points
• 2 programmable limit values (TP551; unit without presets, has only 2 buttons)
• Outputs: Two (2) SPDT relays (250 VAC / 3A)
• Programmable hysteresis (on, off, on/off)
• SET key to reset the outputs
• Inputs: thermocouple, millivolt, resistance thermometer with
measurement on 2, 3 or 4 wires, RESET to reset the outputs,
KEY terminal to lock the front keys.
Order Code
Example:
TP554.010
0
Series:
TP551.012 = No Presets/Relays
TP554.010 = 2 Presets/Relays
Operating Voltage:
0 = 90 to 260 VAC
3 = 10 to 30 VDC
Options:
00 = without interface
05 = RS232
06 = RS422
07 = RS485
Page 96 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
00
2002/95/EC
Dimensions:
3.78 (96)
1.77 x 3.62
(44.9 x 91.9)
Additional features:
• DIN housing 96 x 48 mm
• Character height: 14 mm
• Resolution 14 bits
• Simple menu-driven programming, and operation with 4 keys
• Electrical connections by means of plug-in screw terminals
• Voltage supply: 10-30 VDC or 90-260 VAC
• IP 65/NEMA4 (front)
• Auxiliary power supply output for transducer or sensor
10..30 VDC: 10 VDC ± 2%, 30mA
90..260 VAC: 24 VDC ± 15%, 50mA and 10 VDC ± 2%, 30mA
• Hum eliminator (50/60 Hz user selectable)
• Serial interface allows reading of the measured values and
set-up programming.
RoHS
1.89 (48)
digital Panel meters
• Two relay outputs with two preset limit values
0.61
(15.5)
1.77 (45)
• Programmable operating curve, even non-linear, allowing the use of economical sensors
0.16 (4)
0.26 (6.5)
2.64 (67.1)
3.62 (92)
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
Wiring:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TB3
TB1
1 Relay 2 Com. (Opto-Emitter)
2 Relay 2 N.0.
3 Relay 2 N.C. (Opto-Collector)
4 Relay 1 Com. (Opto-Emitter)
5 Relay 2 N.0.
6 Relay 2 N.C. (Opto-Collector)
7 A.C. In (10-30 VDC)
8 A.C. In (Ground; 0 VDC)
TB3
1
2
3
4
5
RS232
GND RxD TxD –
–
RS485 –
DO+/RI+ DO–/RI– –
–
TB1
TB2
TB2
1 Measuring input 1 (Sense)
2 Measuring input 2 (– Ref)
3 Sensor (+Ref)
4 Current output for 0 .. 4000 Ω (+ Sense)
5 Current output for 0 .. 400 Ω (+ Sense)
6 Keys locking
7 Reference ground Reset / Key
8 Reset
9 GND for DC Output (Pins 10 & 11)
10 +10 VDC Out (30 mA)
11 +24 VDC Out (50 mA) (AC units only)
RS422
–
RI+
RI–
DO+
DO–
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
BEACON Series
Low Cost Digital Panel Meters
Features
• AC / DC Voltage Inputs (Pos / Neg)
• AC / DC Current Inputs (Pos / Neg)
• AC or DC Supply Voltage
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front
• Low / High Scaling
• 3 1/2 Digit Display
• Over-Range Indication
• DC Output to Power Peripherals
Specifications:
Display: 31/2 digit, .55" high, 7 segment bright LED. Minus sign
displayed when current or voltage is negative. Decimal points
inserted before 1st, 2nd, or 3rd least significant digits by DIP
switch selection.
Power: Available in 5VDC, 8-24VDC, 115VAC or 230VAC (±10%).
260 mA (DC); 6 VA (AC).
Operating Temperature: +32°F to 130°F (0°C to 60°C)
Storage Temperature: -40°F to 200°F (-40°C to 80°C)
Output Power: (AC powered units only)
18 VDC regulated ±4% @ 50 mA
Input Ranges: (switch/jumper selectable)
AC & DC Volt Meters
AC & DC Current Meters
0-1.999 Volts
0-199.9 µA
0-19.99 Volts
0-1.999 mA
0-199.9 Volts
0-19.99 mA
0-199.9 mV
0-199.9 mA
0-1.999 amps (2A Option)
Over-Range Indication: Three least significant digits blank when
input is over range.
Max. Voltage on Basic Range: 75 V AC/DC (terminals 4 & 5)
Max. Voltage on Terminal Block: 300 V AC or DC
Max Shunt Currents:
199.9µA through 19.99mA- 10 x (max. range current)
199.9mA- 1 amp
1.999 amp- 3 amps
Caution: A fast blow fuse should be installed in series with the
current meter in applications where fault currents may
exceed maximum allowable current.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Scaling:
Reference Adjust (supplied on all units)
Used to calibrate display to ±30% of STD input.
Span Adjust
Coarse and fine adjust pots offer ÷ 1 to ÷ 13 and when used with
the switch selected ranges, offers direct readout of linear transducers.
"0" Offset Adjust
Sets "low" input display at ± 50% of span.
Accuracy: (23°C, 85% R.H.)
(Add ± 2 digits to below for negative readings )
DC Volts- ± .1% of Reading ± 1 digit
AC Volts- ± .1% of Reading ± 3 digits
DC Current
199.9µA, 1.999mA, 19.99mA: ± .1% of reading ± 1 digit
199.9mA: ± .18% of reading ± 1 digit
1.999A: ± .1% of reading ± 1 digit
AC Current
199.9µA, 1.999mA, 19.99mA: ± .1% of reading ± 3 digit
199.9mA: ± .15% of reading ± 3 digits
1.999A: ± .5% of reading ± 3 digits
Temperature Coefficients:
Current Inputs
Voltage Inputs
DC: ±100 PPM/°C
DC: ± 75 PPM/°C
(1.999A: ±200 PPM/°C)
AC: ±200 PPM/°C
AC: ± 150 PPM/°C
Input Response Time: 1 second
Sample Rate: 3 samples/second
Normal Mode Rejection: 70dB 50/60Hz (DC units only)
Common Mode Rejection: 110dB DC or 50/60Hz (DC units
only)
Case: Plastic case, NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel
Weight: 2 lbs.
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 97
digital Panel meters
Description:
The BEACON series is a bright new addition to KEP's product line.
Featuring 31/2 digits of bright RED or GREEN (optional) LED's, these
meters outshine the competition by offering DIP switch selection
of the most frequently used functions. The new BEACON series
focuses on applications needing 31/2 digits of display, showing -1999
to +1999 with switch selectable decimals. With their great flexibility
and multiple input ranges, let the BEACON series digital panel
meters be your guide.
Dimensions:
3.925
(99.7)
0.587
(14.91)
4.437
(112.7)
S Option:
Small Bezel
4.245
(107.8)
2.625
(66.68)
digital Panel meters
2.10
(53.3)
1.772
(45)
BEZEL
GASKET
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
Switch S1 Functions:
S1-1 Decimal Point XXX.X
S1-2 Decimal Point XX.XX
S1-3 Decimal Point X.XXX
S1-4 Input Range 0-199.9 mV (Current Inputs)
S1-5 Input Range 0-1.999 V
S1-6 Input Range 0-19.99 V
S1-7 Input Range 0-199.9 V
S1-8 Current Shunt 0-199.9 µA
S1-9 Current Shunt 0-1.999 mA
(Current Shunt 0-19.99 mA: Jumper A)
(Current Shunt 0-199.9 mA: Jumper B)
(Current Shunt 0-1.999 A: Jumper C) (2A Option)
S1-10ON: DC input
OFF: AC input
Switch S2 Functions:
S2-1 ON: "0" Low Input
OFF: Non "0" Input (Adj. P2)
S2-2 ON: Non STD Input Range (Adj. P3 & P4)
OFF: STD Input Range
S2-3 ON: AC Input
OFF: DC Input
S2-4 ON: AC Input
OFF: DC Input
Potentiometer Function:
P1: Display High Adj. (Ref)
P2: Non "0" Input Adj. ("0" Offset) (S2-1 Must be
OFF)
P3: Non STD Input Adj. (Span) (Coarse)
(S2-2 Must be ON)
P4: Non STD Input Adj. (Span) (Fine)
(S2-2 Must be ON)
Terminal Designations:
• P1
• P2
• P3
• P4
3.99
(101.3)
3.622
(92)
DISPLAY HIGH Adj. (ref)
NON "0" INPUT adj. ("0" offset)
NON STANDARD INPUT COARSE Adj. (span)
NON STANDARD INPUT FINE Adj. (span)
How To Order
Example
BC
1
DX
G
BEACON
Power:
1= 5VDC
2= 8-24VDC (DC ranges jumper selectable)
4= 115VAC
All ranges
5= 230VAC jumper selectable
Input:
DS=DC Volt/Current display STD Input (no scaling)
D0=DC Volt/Current scale from "0" only
DX=DC Volt/Current scale with "0" offset
A0=AC or DC Volt/Current scale from "0" only
AX=AC or DC Volt/Current scale with "0" offset
Options:
G= Green LED's
S= Small Bezel (2.12" H x 4.01" W)
2A=0 - 1.999 A input option
5A=0 - 5 Amp input option
Accessories:
BCAL1 = Descriptor Labels: %, °F, °C, Hz, kHz,
RPS, V DC, mA DC, mV DC, V AC,
mA AC, mV AC, uA DC, A AC, A DC
BCAL2 = Descriptor Labels: ft/sec, ft/min, ft/hr,
ft3/sec, ft3/min, ft3/hr, GPM, GPH, RPM,
in/sec, in/min, in/hr, lb/sec, lb/min, lb/hr
BCAL3 = Descriptor Labels: L/sec, L/min, L/hr,
m3/sec, m3/min, m3/hr, m/sec, m/min,
m/hr, kpa, bar, kg, lb, PSI, kW
BCR2A =External .1Ω 1% 5W shunt (0 - 1.999 A)
BCSCALE = Custom Scaling
(Specify with each unit, see below)
Example:
Input IDC
0.004 0.020
Display 10.0
150.0
Where:
IDC = DC Current, IAC = AC Current
VDC = DC Voltage, VAC = AC Voltage
Low Range 0.004 = 4 mA
High Range 0.020 = 20 mA
Low Display = 10.0
High Display = 150.0
1• V/I HIGH INPUT
2• V/I HIGH INPUT COMMON
3• +18 VDC OUT (+DC POWER IN)
4• -DC OUT (-DC POWER IN)
5• EARTH GROUND
6• AC POWER
7• AC POWER
Page 98 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
HVM-1
High Voltage Module for
5 to 240 VAC/VDC Input Signals
Features:
• Opto-Isolation up to 2500 V
• Allows units with 3-30 VDC inputs to Accept
Inputs from 5 to 240 VAC or VDC
• Screw Terminal Hookup.
• Low Cost
Signal Inputs:
AC - 40 Hz max. (min. pulse width 12 msec.)
DC - 100 Hz max. (min. pulse width 5 msec.)
5 to 48 or 48 to 240 VAC/DC
Input Impedance:
5 to 48 V - 15K ohm
48 to 240 V - 100K ohm
Output
Voltage:
Off - 24 VDC max.
On - .7V @ 20 mA
Current: 20 mA MAX.
Operation:
Connect the high voltage and the output as shown below.
When pulsing with AC, be sure that the counter being driven
by the HVM-1 is set for low speed inputs (usually 40 Hz or
lower). If this is not done the counter will count each peak
of the AC voltage.
Description:
The HVM-1 enables products with low DC (3-30V) inputs
to accept 5-240 VAC/DC input signals. The unit mounts on
the counter or customer panel with the use of double sided
tape. The circuitry allows various voltage pulses to be used
for counting and provides opto-isolation of 2500V.
3
4
5
48 - 240
_
+
5 - 48
3
1
2
.969
input modules
SPECIFICATIONS:
1
4
2
5
1.953
.236
Typical Wiring:
.354
.295
48 - 240 V
5 - 48 V
DC GND or AC N
3
4
5
48 - 240
5 - 48
_
+
1
2
PULSE OUT
+DC IN
MINITROL
TERMINAL
PIN #
5 and/or 6
7
KEPTROL
INTELLECT
KEPTROL R/T
SERIES
BATCHTROL II
TERMINAL
PIN #
TERMINAL
PIN #
3 and/or 4
4 and/or 5
13
7
How To Order:
Part number
Description
HVM-1..................................................High Voltage Module
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 99
KAL-D06 R/T
Miniature, Low Cost, LCD,
Totalizer & Ratemeter
Features
• 8 count modes
• Decimal point selection up to 0.000
• 8mm black character high contrast Starburst LCD
display.
• Backlight
• 10-30VDC operation
• Maximum input frequency 500kHz (mode
dependent)
• Up to Quad X 4 input
• Scaling multiply 0.000001 to 9.999999
• Scaling divide 0000001 to 99999999
• Up to 3 text characters per display
• CE approved
Specifications:
Supply Voltage: 13-30VDC. +/- 10%
Current Consumption: 15mA, typical
Display: 8 digit, 8mm height, high contrast Starburst LCD
characters with leading zero blanking.
A Flexible device designed for many applications, it has 8
modes of operation for count and rate applications, with live scaling
of the count and rate it is ideally suited to flow meter applications
where the number of pulses per item are not easily defined or
specified.
An 8 digit starburst display along with its various count and
rate modes with text display makes this a unique product in the
market place. its features include backlight, EEPROM memory
for data retention and scrolling display. Programmed through the
front panel the KAL-D06 R/T is easy to set up and extreemely
flexible in its operation. Up to 3 characters can be programmed
to appear on the display making it easier for the user to identify
the units of measure.
Electronic Count Input: 500kHz maximum.
Count Range: 0-99999999
Panel Cut Out: 45mm X 22.5mm
Front Panel Sealing: IP65 sealed when used with clip mount
and gasket provided
Reset Input (R): Reset using front panel button .
Temperature Range:
Operating: 14 to 1400F (-10 to 60°C)
Storage: -4 to 1400F (-20 to 60°C)
Dimensions
2.32"
(59mm)
88888888
0.87" x 1.77"
(21.9 x 44.9 mm)
1.89"
(48mm)
0.95"
(24mm)
rate indicators
Description:
Panel Cutout: 0.92" x 1.77" (22.5 x 45 mm)
2.0"
(51.4 mm)
How To Order:
KAL-D06 RT.................................8 digit counter with ratemeter
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Page 100 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
136K
Features
• Low price and high efficiency
• Large (8 mm) 8-digit LCD display,
• Optional backlighting
• Input frequency range from 1 Hz ... 12 kHz
• Gate measuring method, gate time 1 second
• Accuracy 0.05%
• High voltage input for 10 to 260 V AC/DC
voltage pulses
• NEMA4/IP65 Front Panel
• Screw terminals, RM 5 mm
• Lifetime of the battery approximately 8
years
• Operating temperature –10 to +60 °C
• All versions for positive or negative
counting edge
Interference emissions:
EN 55011 Class B, EN 61000-6-2
EN 61010 Section 1 (only AC versions)
Operating temperature:
–10 to +55 °C
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +60 °C
Storage temperature:
–20 to +70 °C
Protection: NEMA4/IP65 front
Weight: approximately 50 g
Dimensions:
Order Table
Accessories
N7 - Explosion proof housing (see accessories section)
E200 - Outdoor Enclosure (see accessories section)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 101
rate indicators
Specifications
Power supply: non-replaceable lithium battery: (lifetime
approximately 8 years at 20°C)
Backlighting: external electrical source 24V DC
+/-20%, 50 mA
Display: LCD, 8 decades, 8 mm high characters
Display range: 0 to 99999999
Resolution: 1/sec (1 Hz)
Inputs:
A. Counting input of the DC-versions (max. 30 V DC) Slow
counting input: max. 30 Hz NPN
Fast counting input: max. 12 kHz (PNP), 7 kHz (NPN)
Switching level:
NPN: Low: 0 -0.7V, High: 3-30V DC
PNP: Low: 0 -0.7V, High: 4 -30V DC
Battery Powered Ratemeter
with LCD Display
PROTROL
Features
• 2 Separate Dividing Scale Factors
for Inputs A & B
Draw, Ratio & Net Ratemeter
• 2 Set Points Each With a Hysteresis Alarm
Range
• Digital Input Up To 10kHz
• 2 Stage Panel Lockout
• NEMA 4X / IP65 Front
• RS232 or RS422 Communications
Description:
Featuring 6 digits of bright, 7-segment LED displays,
the Protrol is a rate, ratio and draw meter which is field
programmable. The two inputs (A & B) each have
separate scaling factors. The unit can be programmed
to display: two separate ratemeters (A & B), the net
difference of A & B, the ratio of A to B (A ÷ B) or the draw
[(A - B) ÷ B]. Two assignable set points are standard
with a programmable hysteresis (alarm range).
Set Points: Two control set points are provided. The
outputs have a programmable hysteresis alarm range
from 0 to 99999
Rate Display: The ratemeters (A&B) update once per
second and are accurate to 0.01% FS (± 1 display digit).
The unit will sample from 2 to 24 seconds and will
compute a weighted average (normalization).
Programming: Set points, decimal points, Scaling
from .0001 to 99999, input type, normalization factor,
hysteresis alarm range, and security panel lock code are
all programmable from the front panel.
Housing: Standard 1/8 DIN, high impact ABS plastic
case (NEMA 4X / IP65 front panel).
Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.
Approvals: CE Approved
1- COMMON
2- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
3- COMMON
4- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
B
Page 102 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Terminal Designations:
A
Specifications:
Display
5 digit, .55" high, 7 segment, red orange, LED.
Input Power: 110 ± 15% or 12 to 15VDC; 220 VAC ±
15% or 12 to 15VDC.
Current: maximum 250 mA DC or 6.5 VA at rated AC
voltage.
Output Power: (AC powered units only) + 12VDC @
50mA unregulated -10 +50%
Temperature:
Operating: +32°F (0°C) to +130°F (+54°C).
Storage: -40°F (-40°C) to +200°F (93°C).
Memory: EEPROM stores data for ten years if power is
lost.
Reset:
Front Panel: Resets (updates) normalization process.
Remote: Resets control output (if it's in hysteresis and
below the preset).
Control Outputs:
2 each N.O. Relay - 5 Amp @ 120/240 VAC or 28 VDC.
(N.C. Relay contacts or NPN sink from 10VDC to .5V @
100mA available with solder jumpers).
Input:
STD: High Impedance. Open or 0 to 1V (low), 4 to 30V
(high) 10K Ohm impedance. 9.99 kHz max. input speed.
OPTION "M": For Magnetic pickup Inputs, accepts 30mV
inputs
RELAYS
rate indicators
• Displays Three Separate Values;
A (A Rate), B (B Rate) &
C (A-B), (A÷B) or [(A-B)÷B]
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Protrol Application:
Dimensions:
3.925
(99.7)
Wetting (stretch)
A1
B1
D08P
D08P
MATERIAL
TAKE-UP ROLL
Drying (shrink)
A2
B2
D08P
MATERIAL
FEED ROLL
RST
A
ENTER LOCK
B
C
PRE A PRE B
D
D08P
E
VIEW PRGM
PROTROL(1)
RST
A
ENTER LOCK
UNDER
B
C
PRE A PRE B
D
E
VIEW PRGM
4.437
(112.7)
PROTROL(2)
OVER
UNDER
OVER
NOTE: To view the C display in percentage (X100), order
MS280.
0.587
(14.91)
BEZEL
GASKET
4.245
(107.8)
CUSTOMER PANEL
Panel Thickness 0.062" (1.5)
to 0.187" (4.7) max.
3.622
(92)
1.772
(45)
HOW TO ORDER
EXAMPLE:
PR
Series
PR = Protrol
A
1
Operating Voltage
A = 110 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
B = 220 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
C = 24 VAC ± 15% or 12 to 15 VDC
Options
1= RS232 Communications
2= RS422 Communications
M = Mag. Input, Input A & B, 30mV input
A= Analog Output (4-20/0-20 mA)
Accessories
Separate non keyboard panel order #34235
Separate keyboard panel - order #34237
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 103
rate indicators
This application involves the process of shrinking material
for pre-shrunk jeans. The process involves the wetting/stretching
and drying/shrinking of the material. The KEP Protrol allows the
operator to view the rate of the input and output feeds (displays A
& B). A third display (display C) allows the user to view A-B, A÷B
or (A-B)÷B. In this application Protrol(1) monitors the wetting/
stretch and Protrol(2) monitors the drying/shrink. The wetting
process must maintain a 2.4% stretch and the drying process
must maintain a 3.2% shrink. Both the wetting and drying functions must have over and under detection if the process exceeds
or lags by .1%. For each Protrol there is an over detection lamp
and an under detection lamp.
Here's how the Protrol's are set up. Each roller (excluding
the feed and take-up rolls) are one foot in circumference. Since
there are four targets per rotation, there are four pulses per foot.
Therefore, the scaling factors are all set at four. The C display is
selected to view (A-B)÷B. Both Protrols were field modified for a
normally closed (N.C.) B relay.
Protrol(1):
Typically, B1 rotates at 25 RPM and A1 at 25.6 RPM. This yields
a 2.4% stretch ([25.6-25]÷25=.024). Preset A is set at .025 and
preset B is set at .023 (to maintain a .1% tolerance). Relay A
is wired to the over detection lamp and relay B is wired under
detection lamp.
Protrol(2):
Typically, B2 rotates at 24.8 RPM and A2 at 25.6 RPM. This yields
a 3.2% stretch ([25.6-24.8]÷24.8=.032). Preset A is set at .033
and preset B is set at .031 (to maintain a .1% tolerance). Relay
A is wired to the over detection lamp and relay B is wired under
detection lamp.
Now the operator can view the input and output speeds
of the wetting and drying cycles, as well as the amount of stretch
and shrink. The warning lamps let the operator know if there is a
problem prior to the process or after the process.
2.625
(66.68)
5800 Series
Features:
• Low Cost
Incremental Shaft Encoder
• Short Circuit Resistant Outputs
• Rugged Design to Industry Standard
• Low Power Consumption
• Shock Resistant
Mechanical Characteristics
Speed:.................................................................................................max. 6000 RPM (12000 RPM above 600 PPR)
Rotor Moment of Inertia:.....................................................................1.8 x 10-6 kgm2
Torque:................................................................................................<0.01 Nm
Radial Load Capacity of Shaft:............................................................20 N (at shaft end)
Axial Load Capacity of Shaft:..............................................................10 N
Weight:................................................................................................Approx. 0.4 kg
Protective System to DIN 40.050:.......................................................Shaft IP64, Cover (IP50 w/ connector)
Operating Temperature Range:...........................................................0° C to +50° C (-20 °C to 70°C above 600 PPR)
Shaft:...................................................................................................Stainless Steel
encoders
Electrical Characteristics
Output Circuit:.....................................................................................Push-Pull Circuit
Supply Power:.....................................................................................10-30 VDC
Current Consumption: (no load)..........................................................max. 50 mA (75 mA with reference )
Permissible Load / Channel:...............................................................max. ±30 mA
Pulse Frequency:................................................................................max. 20 kHz (100 kHz above 600 PPR)
Signal Level High @ 30 mA:...............................................................Supply Voltage minus 2.5V (7.5 to 27.5V)
Signal Level Low @ 30 mA:................................................................max. 1.5V
Signal Level Low @ 1 mA...................................................................max. .7V
Rise Time:...........................................................................................max. 1 µS
Fall Time:.............................................................................................max. 1 µS Short Circuit Proof Outputs:................................................................yes
Standard Pulses Per Revolution.........................................................60, 250, 600
Available Pulses per Revolution..........................................................10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 96, 100, 120, 125, 127,150, 180,
200, 216, 220, 240, 250, 254, 256, 280, 300, 314, 360, 400,
420, 450, 500, 512, 600, 625, 720, 750, 800, 900, 1000,
1024, 1250, 1270, 1400, 1500, 1800, 2000, 2048, 2400,
2500, 3000, 3600, 4000, 4096, 5000
Other Pulses Per Revolution available upon request..........................Consult Factory
Approvals: CE
Pulse Pattern
Page 104 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Direction of Rotation
Output Circuit
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Dimensions:
.787 +.04
(20) +1
Flange 2: synchronous flange dimensions are in inches (mm)
M4-5 deep
0
o
12
4
2
5
1
1.
(4 654
2)
1.969
(50)
2.283
(58)
3
Top view of mating side
Male contact base
.59
(15 1
)
.118 (3)
.118 (3)
.67
.157 (4)
.217
(5.5)
(17)
2.598 -.1
(66) -2.5
5810AM1: Angle Bracket dimensions are in inches (mm)
How To Order:
Example
45o
.55
(14)
1.10 (28)
1.414 (36)
1.414 (36)
2.36 (60)
2
3
1
6
0250
Shaft (D x L)
3 = .250" x .79" (6.35mm x 20mm)
4 = .375" x .79" (9.53mm x 20mm) [bushing for .250 dia.]
5 = .394" x .79" (10mm x 20mm) [bushing for .250 dia.]
Version
1 = channel A
2 = channels A + O (Special Order)
3 = channels A + B
4 = channels A + B + O (Special Order)
Type of Connection
5 = connector radial without mating connector
6 = connector radial with mating connector
Terminal assignment:
Pin#
Signal
1
0V (-DC)
2
+DC
3
A
4
B
5
O
*
Ground
* Ground is connected to housing.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Pulse Per Revolution
(STD for Quick Delivery: 0060, 0250,0600)
Price Break per PPR
0001-0250
0251-0600
0601-1500
1501-2500
2501-5000
Accessories
5810AM1= Angle Mount Bracket 2.5"
5810AB.375= .250" x .375"mm Bushing
5810AB10= .250" x 10mm Bushing
5810AC= Mating Connector 5810/9010
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 105
encoders
2.5 (63.5)
5810
Series
Range
2 = synchronous flange
1.18 (30)
2.36 (60)
1.25
(31.8)
10-32 Tap 0.236 Deep
2" Diameter Bolt Circle
8 Holes
9000 Series
Features:
• Low Cost
Incremental Shaft Encoder
• Short Circuit Resistant Outputs
• Rugged Design to Industry Standard
• Low Power Consumption
• Shock Resistant
Mechanical Characteristics
Speed:.................................................................................................max. 6000 RPM
Rotor Moment of Inertia:.....................................................................15 x 10-6 kgm2
Torque:................................................................................................<0.05 Nm
Radial Load Capacity of Shaft:............................................................70 N (at shaft end)
Axial Load Capacity of Shaft:..............................................................35 N
Weight:................................................................................................Approx. 1.2 kg
Protective System to DIN 40.050:.......................................................Shaft IP66, Cover (IP50 w/ connector)
Operating Temperature Range:...........................................................0° C to +50° C (-20 °C to 70°C above 600 PPR)
Shaft:...................................................................................................Stainless Steel
encoders
Electrical Characteristics
Output Circuit:.....................................................................................Push-Pull Circuit
Supply Power:.....................................................................................10-30 VDC
Current Consumption: (no load)..........................................................max. 50 mA (75 mA with reference )
Permissible Load / Channel:...............................................................max. ±30 mA
Pulse Frequency:................................................................................max. 20 kHz (100 kHz above 600 PPR)
Signal Level High @ 30 mA:...............................................................Supply Voltage minus 2.5V (7.5 to 27.5V)
Signal Level Low @ 30 mA:................................................................max. 1.5V
Signal Level Low @ 1 mA...................................................................max. .7V
Rise Time:...........................................................................................max. 1 µS
Fall Time:.............................................................................................max. 1 µS Short Circuit Proof Output:..................................................................yes
Standard Pulses Per Revolution.........................................................60, 250, 600
Available Pulses per Revolution..........................................................96, 100, 120, 125, 127,150, 180, 200, 216, 220, 240, 250,
254, 256, 280, 300, 360, 400, 420, 450, 500, 512, 600, 625,
720, 750, 900, 1000, 1024, 1250, 1270, 1500, 1800, 2000,
2048, 2400, 2500, 3000, 3600, 4000, 4096, 5000
Other Pulses Per Revolution available upon request..........................Consult Factory
Approvals: CE
Pulse Pattern
Page 106 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Direction of Rotation
Output Circuit
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Dimensions:
.945
(24)
3.150 (80)
.394
(10)
2.362 (60)
1.575 (40)
.374 -.004
(9.5 -.1)
.472
(12)
.472
(12)
3
1.181p.12
(30 p.3)
4
2
5
1
.157
(4)
60o
3.543
(90)
.906
(23)
Top view of mating side
Male contact base
.197
(5)
.591
(15)
.827
(21)
M6-10 deep
4.725
(120)
Terminal assignment:
9010AM1: Angle Bracket dimensions are in inches (mm)
.28 (7) dia.
Through Hole
2 places
3.94 (100)
1.57 (40)
Pin#
Signal
1
0V (-DC)
2
+DC
3
A
4
B
5
O
*
Ground
* Ground is connected to housing.
How To Order:
Example
9010
1
3
1
6
0250
Series
Range
1 = synchronous flange
Shaft (D x L)
1 = .472 x 1.18 (12mm x 30mm)
Version
1 = channel A
2 = channels A + O (Special Order)
3 = channels A + B
4 = channels A + B + O (Special Order)
Type of Connection
5 = connector radial without mating connector
6 = connector radial with mating connector
.87
(22)
1.57 (40)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Pulse Per Revolution
(STD for Quick Delivery: 0060, 0250,0600)
Price Break per PPR
0001-0250
0251-0600
0601-2000
2001-5000
Accessories
9010AM1= Angle Mount Bracket 4.7" x 1.6"
5810AC= Mating Connector 5810/9010
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 107
encoders
.24
(6)
3.15 (80)
2.09 (53)
4.72 (120)
200 Series
Hollow Shaft Encoder
Description:
MODEL 230 - bi-directional
The Model 230 Optical Encoder is designed to mount directly on a shaft for bi-directional applications. The encoder
produces two symmetrical 50% duty cycle square wave
output signals in quadrature relationship to each other. The
signals lead or lag each other by 90 degrees depending
upon the direction of rotation.
Specifications
Model 230
ELECTRICAL INPUT
Voltage.................................................... 5 to 16 VDC (specify)
Current.................................................... 50 Milliamperes
Regulation............................................... ±10%
encoders
ELECTRICAL OUTPUT
Wave shape............................................. Square Wave
Rise Time................................................ Less than 1 microsecond
Current.................................................... Sink 20 milliamperes/output
Pulse rate................................................ 0 to 6000 Hz
Pulses per shaft revolution...................... 1 to 100 (specify)
MECHANICAL
Hollow shaft speed.................................. 4000 RPM maximum
Hollow shaft rotation................................ Either direction
Bearings.................................................. Sealed ball bearings
Bore size................................................. .250"(6.35mm) to
.875"(22.22mm) dia. (spec)
Bore tolerance......................................... +.003"(.076mm)-.000"(.000mm)
Running torque........................................ 10 oz. inches (40.5gm-cm)
Operating life........................................... 100,000 hrs.
Housing................................................... Alum. black anodized finish
Cable....................................................... Two 3 conductor shielded, 6 ft. long w/ built-in strain relief
Weight..................................................... 8 oz. (227 grams)
ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature............................................ +32°F (0°C) to +167°F (+75°C)
Page 108 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Typical Application:
Circuit Diagram Per Channel:
13- V+
14- I SINK
OFF
ON
RUN
CAL.
4-20mA 0-20mA
RATE COUNT
RUN
SET
ANALOG
OUTPUT
RED
1 2 3 4
ON
RELAYS
B
INTERNAL
OPTICS AND
SQUARING
CIRCUIT
SWITCH
1- COMMON
2- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
3- COMMON
4- N.O.(N.C./NPN)
5- A INPUT
6- B INPUT
7- 12VDC OUT/+DC IN
8- -DC (GROUND)
9- RESET INPUT
10- NOT USED
11- A.C. INPUT
12- A.C. INPUT
A
WHITE
BLACK
Minitrol Series
SHIELD
*
OUTPUT
COMMON
GROUND
A flexible housing stop must be provided to prevent improper bearing
wear and overheating. Please do not mount outer housing rigidly.
Black (–)
Red (+)
Quadrature for model 230
White
200 Series Encoder
* When using a 220 encoder with a
Minitrol, Protrol or Positrol series, use a
12V encoder with a 5V 1W Zener (as
IN4733) or 2007 1W dropping resistor
between (+) DC supply and red lead. The
230 encoder requires a regulated power
supply as KEP 115-12.
How To Order:
Ex: 230 12VDC 50PPR
Series
230 Quadrature (2 channels)
Mounting:
Electrical Cable
6' Long (1.8M)
+VDC
10K ohm
1.200"
Typical
(30.5)
Bored to Customer
Requirements
1.43 Radius Clearance
Typical (36.3)
1.200"
(30.5)
2.250"
(57.1)
F .500
Input voltage
(specify)
5VDC standard voltages
12VDC standard voltages
Others available between
5 and 15 VDC
Pulses Per Rev.
(specify)
Ranges: 1 to 100 PPR
Stop Mounts 4-40 Thread
.500" Deep Each Side (12.7)
.397
(10.1)
Shaft Bore Size (specify)
Bore diameter in 1/1000 of inch
Ranges: .250" to .750"
230 Only
(2) 4-40
Set Screws
90° Apart
1.346
(34.2)
1.735
(44.1)
Stop Mounts
4-40 Thread
.10" Deep (2.5)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 109
encoders
Housing Type
F = Standard round for hollow shaft
700 Series
Optical Shaft Encoder
DESCRIPTION:
The 700 optical incremental shaft encoders convert input
shaft rotation into square wave output pulses to provide
an accurate means of digitizing position, rate or direction
of rotation. They are designed specifically for industrial
applications requiring a rugged and reliable shaft encoder
that is sealed against dust, oil vapor and moisture.
The shaft encoder produces an output signal by
rotating a shatter-proof plastic disc with clear and opaque
segments between a light emitting diode and a phototransistor sensor. The output signal from the sensor is then
converted into a square wave signal by an internal squaring
circuit. The number of output pulses per shaft revolution is
determined by the number of clear and opaque segments
on the disc. Bidirectional models have a second LED and
sensor positioned to produce two square wave signals in
quadrature.
encoders
SPECIFICATIONS:
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT:
Voltage......................5 VDC, or 8 to
Choice)
Current......................50 mA ± 10%
Ripple........................2%
Regulation.................±5%
30 VDC (Specify
OUTPUT
Amplitude..................80% of input voltage (min.)
Current......................Sink up to 20 milliamperes (10
milliamperes on multi-output units).
1.5K pull up to input voltage
Polarity......................Positive
Wave Shape.............Square wave, 50% “on” and 50% “off”
Pulse Rate................0 to 20,000 pulses per second
Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond
Pulses per Rev..........1 to 1270 (Specify choice)
Accuracy...................Within ±0.1 degrees from one pulse to
any other pulse.
Page 110 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature..............0 to 75 degrees C ( +32°F to 167°F)
Vibration....................3 g’s at 5 to 1000 CPS
Shock........................20 g’s, 10 milliseconds
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Shaft Speed..............6,000 RPM maximum
Shaft Rotation...........Either direction
Bearings....................Sealed ball bearings
Starting Torque..........0.10 ounce-inches
Moment of Inertia......0.0025 ounce-inches seconds
squared
Radial Loading..........10 pounds operating
Axial Loading............5 pounds operating
Shaft Size...................250" or .375" diameter (Specify
choice)
Shaft Type.................Single or double ended (Specify
choice)
Operating Life...........100,000 hours average
Housing.....................Aluminum with black anodized finish.
Sealed against dust, oil vapor and
moisture.
Mounting...................Provisions for either base or face
mounting
Weight.......................A-10 oz., B- 3.75 lbs., C- 3.25 lbs.,
D- 6 lbs.
Connector Type.........6-pin MS Connector or Solder
Terminals
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
.69
(17.5)
C HOUSING
Optional
Shaft Extension
(Double Ended)
.042
(1.1)
.25
(6.4)
2.25" (57.2)
Removable
Side Plates
.70 (17.1)
.50 (12.7)
.25 (6.4)
1.50"
(38.1)
1/4-20 Tap .50" Deep
4 Mounting Holes
on a 2.00" B.C.
.20 (5.1)
Flat on Shaft
Electrical
Connector
3.0" (76.2)
.10
(2.5)
45°
A HOUSING
3.0" (76.2)
The same mounting hole pattern is also provided on the
opposite end and the base.
.675 (17.1)
45°
Electrical
Connector
2.25" (57.2)
A standard housing encoder
is positioned inside heavy
duty housing.
6-32 Tap .25" Deep
4 Mounting Holes
on a 2.00" B.C.
SIDE
VIEW
.969
(24.6)
2.25" (57.2)
The same mounting hole pattern is also provided on the
opposite end and the base.
B HOUSING
.969 (25)
6.00
(152.4)
Optional
Shaft Extension
(Double Ended)
.25
(6.4)
.89 (22.6)
.375 (9.5)
.325 (8.3)
Flat on Shaft
1.25"
(32)
10-32 Tap .35" Deep
4 Mounting Holes
on a 2.00" B.C.
Electrical
Connector
BOTTOM
VIEW
.062
(1.6)
1/4-20 Tap .50" Deep
4 Mounting Holes
on a 2.00" B.C.
2.50" (63.5)
45°
.70 (17.1)
.375
(9.5)
2.50" (63.5)
The same mounting hole pattern is also provided on the
opposite end and the base.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 111
encoders
2.5" (63.5)
1.125 (28.6)
.825
(21)
Standard Encoders for Faster Delivery
D HOUSING
5.68 (144.3)
Type
4.50 (114.3)
Order Number
.31 (7.9) dia.
mounting holes
4 places
6.62 (168.1)
1.35
(34.3)
.75
(19.1)
1.75
(44.5)
encoders
Dual Channel
Quadrature
716 12VDC 600PPR A1
716 12VDC 1200PPR A1
How To Order Special Encoders:
EX:715-1 12VDC 200PPR5OUS 500RPM A1 L2.3
Series
711 (Single Square Wave Pulse)
712 (711 with Reference Pulse)
713 (2 Different Square Waves)
*715-1 (Bi-Directional; 2 Channels)
*715-2 (Bi-Directional; 1 Channel plus direction)
716 (Quadrature)
*717 (High Resolution 711l)
Input Voltage
5 VDC
12 VDC
15 VDC
24 VDC
Pulses Per Rev.
Over 600PPR
(Model 713 ex.: 100/200 PPR)
*Pulse Width (if required)
ms = milliseconds
us = microseconds
.375 (9.5) dia. shaft
WIRING
5.68 (144.3)
4.50 (114.3)
Single Channel
711 12VDC 600PPR A1
Square Wave Pulse 711 12VDC 1200PPR A1
Threaded hole
for 1/2" conduit
Wire A DC ground
F
Wire E
E
Wire D
A
D
B
C
Wire B + DC
Encoder
Model #
711
715-1
715-2
716
717
Wire D
Wire E
pulses
CW pulses
pulses
Quad "A"
pulses
N/C
CCW pulses
hi-cw/lo-ccw
Quad "B"
N/C
Page 112 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Shaft Maximum RPM (specify)
Housing Type
A. Standard
A1. Single Shaft
A2. Dual Shaft
B. Industrial:
B1. Single Shaft
B2. Dual Shaft
C. Heavy Duty Housing:
C1 (with mating connector)
C2 (with mating connector & shaft seal)
C3 (with 1/2" conduit thread & terminal strip)
C4 (with shaft seal, 1/2" conduit thread & terminal strip)
C5 (extra heavy duty up to 50lb. radial load : 10mm shaft)
D. Explosion Proof
(Class 1, Groups C & D / Class 2 Groups E, F, G / NEMA 7 & NEMA 9)
Other Options
L- Custom Shaft
B - 3/8" shaft option
ENC MS: Extra mating connector
ENC-CABLE##: Extra mating
connector with 4-conductor cable
Reference Pulse - Add 1N (neg. pulse)
or 1P (pos. pulse) after PPR
See the following page for Mounting Brackets and Measuring
Wheels.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
ENCODER ACCESSORIES
Part number
15537-530
070
15537-535
510
15537-525
Circum.
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
Rim Type
Rubber
Rubber
Knurled
Knurled
Smooth
Bore
1/4" 1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
Width
1" 155370.50"
1" 155370.50"
0.70"
ENCODER BRACKET
Plate Mount Model 7005
Use with 700 series Encoders
9.200
(233.7)
ENCODER
4.350
(110.5)
3.875
(98.4)
.750
11/64 HOLE DIA.
3.820
(19)
(97)
1.275
(32.4)
Wiring to
Counter
Pivot Axle
Encoder Wheel
encoders
Material Being Measured
ENCODER BRACKET
Surface Mount Model 7006
Use with 700 series Encoders
18.000
(457.2)
2.500
(63.5)
.548
VERTICLE ADJ.
OF BAR IS 3.600"
(14)
6.250
1.375
(158.8)
(34.9)
.575
(14.6)
.500
(12.7)
TOP VIEW
.500
(12.7)
MAIN SUPPORT MTG. HOLES ARE 3/8
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 ENCODER POSITION IS ADJUSTABLE
OVER ENTIRE BAR LENGTH
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 113
sensors
KEP Magnetic Switches
Features
• CE Approved
• Non Contact Switching
• N.O., N.C. & SPDT Industrial Reed Switches
• Momentary & Bistable Versions Available
• No Switching Power Needed
(Drives KAL Series without external power)
• Long Life (Estimated 3 Billion Operations)
Switch Operations:
N.O. (third letter “S”) (Closing Switch)
If a permanent magnet (a north pole [red] or a south pole [blue]
is placed near the actuating zone of the magnetic switch, the
contact tongues inside the glass sealed gas protected area
spring quickly to close position. When field is removed switch
opens again.
N.C. (third letter “O”) (Opening Switch)
A contact tongue of a switch is magnetized by an internal
magnet with the south pole field. If a south pole (blue) actuating magnet is placed near the magnetic switch, both contact
tongues are magnetized with the same polarity. Like poles
repel each other and the magnetic switch contact opens. When
field is removed switch closes again.
SPDT (third letter “U”) (Change over Switch)
A change over contact has one moveable (COMM.) and two
static contact tongues (N.C. and N.O.) When there is no magnetic field, contact tongue rests on the N.C. contact by means
of its elastic force. When an actuating magnet is placed near
it (north pole [red] or south pole [blue]) the moveable contact
tongue switches. The NC contact opens and the NO contact
springs to close position. When field is removed, moveable
contact returns to rest position.
Bistable (fourth letter “M”*)
By means of an internal polarizing magnet, a contact tongue
is magnetized with a south pole field in such a way that when
north pole magnet (red) is placed in its proximity the magnetic
switch contact changes state. The switch remains in this state
until a south pole magnet (blue) is placed in its proximity.
Operating Temperature: 14° to 176°F (-10° to 80°C)
Cable
Length: 39.4" (1 M)
Color:
Jacket: Gray or Beige 0.22" (5.6mm) diameter
Inside: 19 ga.
N.O.: Brown & Blue
N.C.: Black & Blue
SPDT: Brn (comm), Blue (N.C.), Blk (N.O.)
Actuating Magnets:
NOTE: Some cables may have extra green/yellow wire
connected to metal case.
Electronic Counting With No Outside Power:
12345678
KAL-D (Totalizer)
or
KATSPS (Preset Counter)
MRS10
M1 Blue
(Magnetic Switch) (Magnetic)
Page 114 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
M0
M1
Weight: 5g
Weight: 10g
.24 (6)
.24 (6)
.13 (3.2)
.24
(6)
.91 (23)
.59 (15)
M2
.13 (3.2)
.31
(8)
M3
Weight: 13g
Weight: 58g
.39 (10)
.21 (5.3)
.43
(11)
.21 (5.3)
.67 (17)
.31 (8)
.87 (22)
1.38 (35)
Switch & Magnet Spacing:
Mag. Switch
KRS9
KRU9
KWU9
GMS9
GMU9
MRS10
MRS12
MRU12
DRS
DRU
DRSM
DRUM
FLS-AL
FLU-AL
FLSM-AL
FLUM-AL
FWU-AL
FGMS-AL
Magnets
M0
M1
M2
M3
≈3mm
≈5mm
≈4mm
≈3mm
≈3mm
≈4mm
≈4mm
≈3mm
≈5mm
≈3mm
≈14mm
≈8mm
≈5mm
≈3mm
≈14mm
≈8mm
≈5mm
≈3mm
≈6mm
≈9mm
≈7mm
≈6mm
≈5mm
≈7mm
≈7mm
≈6mm
≈7mm
≈5mm
≈20mm
≈15mm
≈7mm
≈5mm
≈20mm
≈15mm
≈8mm
≈5mm
≈10mm
≈14mm
≈11mm
≈10mm
≈8mm
≈11mm
≈11mm
≈10mm
≈11mm
≈9mm
≈28mm
≈20mm
≈11mm
≈9mm
≈28mm
≈20mm
≈13mm
≈9mm
≈27mm
≈30mm
≈26mm
≈22mm
≈19mm
≈28mm
≈27mm
≈28mm
≈27mm
≈17mm
≈58mm
≈45mm
≈27mm
≈17mm
≈55mm
≈45mm
≈30mm
≈21mm
NOTE: To convert from mm to inches use the following:
mm ÷ 25.4 = inches
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Type: GMS9
GMU9
Protection: NEMA 4X / IP65
Pg .35 (9)
2.36 (60)
KRS9 & KRU9:
rhodium
KWU9 - tungsten
z 2.95 (75)
Make/Break KRS9 & KWU9:
Capacity: 60 VA max.
KRU9: 40 VA max.
Pg .35 (9)
Make/Break GMS9: 100 VA max.
Capacity: GMU9: 40 VA max.
.47
(12)
.47
(12)
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Switching GMS9: 2A max.
Current: GMU9: 1A max.
Switching KRS9: 2A max.
Current:
KRU9 & KWU9: 1A max.
Switching 300 Hz
Frequency:
Switching KRS9 & KRU9: 300 Hz
Frequency: KWU9: 100 Hz
Switching GMS9: ≈ 3-4mm
Hysteresis: GMU9: ≈ 5mm
Switching KRS9 & KRU9: ≈ 5mm
Hysteresis: KWU9: ≈ 2-3mm
Housing:
Glass fiber reinforced nylon
Glass fiber reinforced nylon
Technical Data:
Switching Monostable
Action:
Type: MRS12
MRU12
1.57 (40)
Type: MRS10
Contact
Material:
rhodium
Protection: NEMA 4X / IP65
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Housing:
Contact
Material:
SW .67 (17)
SW .71 (18)
rhodium
Protection: NEMA 12 / IP54
SW .67 (17)
.39
(10)
M10 x 1
Technical Data:
Switching Monostable
Action:
Contact
Material:
2.76 (70)
Contact
Material:
SW .67 (17)
SW .71 (18)
Technical Data:
Switching Monostable
Action:
z 3.74 (95)
Technical Data:
Switching Monostable
Action:
3.15 (80)
Type: KRS9
KRU9
KWU9
rhodium
Protection: NEMA 12 / IP54
Make/Break MRS12: 60 VA max.
Capacity: MRU12: 40 VA max.
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Switching 0.5A max.
Current:
Switching MRS12: 2A max.
Current: MRU12: 1A max.
Switching 1000 Hz
Frequency:
Switching 300 Hz
Frequency:
Switching ≈ 5mm
Hysteresis:
Switching ≈ 5mm
Hysteresis:
Housing:
Housing:
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 .47
(12)
M12 x 1
Brass
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 115
sensors
Make/Break 10 VA max.
Capacity:
Brass
SW .75 (19)
How To Order:
Type: DRS, DRU, DRSM,
DRUM, FGMS-AL
Contact
Material:
rhodium
.39
(10)
90o
DRS, DRU &
FGMS-AL:
monostable
DRSM & DRUM:
bistable
3.15 (80)
Switching
Action:
.28 (7)
Technical Data:
1.18 (30)
Actuating Magnets:
.17
(4.3)
NOTE: RED Magnets are North; BLUE Magnets are South
Switching 300 Hz
Frequency:
Switching DRS & DRU: ≈ 5mm
Hysteresis: FGMS-AL: ≈ 3-4mm
Magnetic Switches:
.16
(4)
.79 (20)
.59 (15)
Protection: DRS, DRU, DRSM & DRUM:
NEMA 12 / IP54
FGMS-AL: NEMA 4X / IP65
Make/Break DRS: 60 VA max.
Capacity: DRU & DRUM: 40 VA max.
DRSM & FGMS-AL: 100 VA max.
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Switching DRS, DRSM, & FGMS-AL: 2A max.
Current: DRU & DRUM: 1A max.
DRS, DRU, DRSM & DRUM:
Glass fiber reinforced nylon
FGMS-AL: Aluminum
Type: FLS-AL, FLU-AL
FWU-AL, FLSM-AL,
FLUM-AL
sensors
.17
(4.3)
FLS-AL, FLU-AL &
FWU-AL:
monostable
FLSM-AL, FLUM-AL:
bistable
Contact
Material:
FLS-AL, FLU-AL,
FLSM-AL & FLUM-AL:
rhodium
FWU-AL : tungsten
3.15 (80)
Switching
Action:
.39
(10)
KRS9
KRU9
KWU9
GMS9
GMU9
MRS10
MRS12
MRU12
DRS
DRU
DRSM
DRUM
FLS - AL
FLU - AL
FLSM - AL
FLUM-AL
FWU-AL
FGMS-AL
90o
.28 (7)
Technical Data:
1.18 (30)
Housing:
MO (specify RED or BLUE)
M1 (specify RED or BLUE)
M2 (specify RED or BLUE)
M3 (specify RED or BLUE)
.16
Switching FLS-AL, FLU-AL,
(4)
Frequency: FLSM-AL & FLUM-AL:
.79 (20)
300 Hz
FWU-AL: 100 Hz
.59 (15)
Switching FLS-AL & FLU-AL: ≈ 5mm
Hysteresis:
FWU-AL: ≈ 2-3mm
Protection:NEMA 4X / IP65
Make/Break FLU-AL & FLUM-AL: 40 VA max.
Capacity: FLS-AL, FWU-AL: 60 VA max.
FLSM: 100 VA max.
Switching 250V max.
Voltage:
Switching FLS-AL & FLSM-AL: 2A max.
Current: FLU-AL, FLUM-AL & FWU-AL: 1A max.
Housing: Aluminum
Page 116 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
D Series
Inductive Proximity Sensors
Features:
• CE Approved
• Low Cost
• Non Contact Sensing of Any Metal
• No Magnets Needed
• Low Power Consumption
• Shock Resistant
The D Series comes in three sizes, all in the easy flush mount type. Both NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing) types are available. They
sense any conductive metal surface within range of their sensing coils. They do not require a magnetic target and are perfect for our
ratemeters and counters. An LED indicator lights during activation.
(8mm Diameter)
(12mm Diameter)
(18mm Diameter)
NPN Type (SINK)
#D08N
#D12N
#D18N
PNP Type (SOURCE)
#D08P
#D12P
#D18P
Scanning Principle
Inductive
Inductive
Inductive
Mounting Type
Flush
Flush
Flush
Switch Function
Closer (N.O.)
Closer (N.O.)
Closer (N.O.)
Switch Range; Steel
1mm ± 10% STD
2mm ± 10% STD
5mm + 10% STD
Temperature Range
-25° to +70°C
- 25° to + 70°C
-25° to +70°C
Protection Class
NEMA 4 / IP67
NEMA 4 / IP67
NEMA 4 / IP67
Housing Diameter
M8x1
M12x1
M18x1
Housing Material
Stainless Steal
Chrome Plated Brass
Chrome Plated Brass
Cable
2m, 3 x 0.14mm2
2m, 3 x 0.14mm2
2m, 3 x 0.14mm2
Supply
10-30 VDC
10-30 VDC
10-30 VDC
Feed Current
~8 mA
~8 mA
~8 mA
Switch Current
1mA; Max. drop 0.7 V
1mA; Max. drop 0.7 V
1mA; Max. drop 0.7 V
Switch Current
100 mA; Max. drop 3 V
100 mA; Max. drop 3 V
100 mA; Max. drop 3 V
Frequency
2 kHz
2 kHz
1 kHz
Hysteresis, % of Range
< +15%
< +15%
< ±15%
Function Indicator
LED in Body
LED in Body
LED in Body
BLK
Load
BLU
M18 x 1
- Ground
PNP Wiring
BRN
M12 x 1
+
2.17 (55)
BLU
M8 x 1
10 to 30V
D18
1.97 (50)
Load
BLK
+
D12
1.77 (45)
BRN
D08
sensors
NPN Wiring
10 to 30V
LED
- Ground
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 LED
LED
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 117
INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SENSOR for use with KEP Counters and Ratemeters
Applications: Our D Series switches interface easily with our full line of counters and ratemeters. Use PNP switches
(D_P) on all KEP units except KAL Series, which requires NPN (D_N) switches.
TYPICAL WIRING
Minicount ( MC or MC2)
1 COMMON
2 N.O. (N.C./NPN)
3 COMMON
4 N.O. (N.C./NPN)
5 A INPUT
6 B INPUT
7 12 V OUTPUT/ + DC INPUT
8 - DC (GROUND)
9 RESET INPUT
10 NOT USED
11 AC INPUT
12 AC INPUT
KAL-D
RELAYS
CMOS/TTL COMPATIBLE
CONTACT CLOSURE
JUMPER OR SWITCH
MOMENTARY SWITCH
A
1—BLACK-COMMON
2—GREEN-RESET ENABLE
3—YELLOW-EXTERNAL RESET
4—BROWN-SLOW SPEED INPUT
5—BLUE-HIGH SPEED INPUT
115-12
POWER
SUPPLY
115 VAC
-
B
BLK
BLU
BRN
+
POWER
COUNT
GROUND
D12N (NPN)
D12P
KALtrol (KAT1)
1
2
3
4
5 RATE INPUT
6
7 12 VOLT OUT
8 SIGNAL GROUND
9
10
11
12
Minirate (MR2 or MR)
BRN
BLK
BLU
Just sense the keyway No gears Required!
BRN
BLU
BLK
+
A
D12P
sensors
D12P (PNP)
1 AC Main
2 AC Main Neutral
3 + 12 DC / 8-30 VDC in
4 Relay Common
5 Relay N.C.
6 Relay N.O.
7 AC/DC Reset
8 AC/DC Count
9 AC/DC Common
10 Keypad Disable
11 *High Speed Count Input
12 0V / DC Ground
*Select PNP (SW1 OFF)
KAL-DR/T
1—BLACK-COMMON
2—GREEN-SLOW SPEED INPUT
3—YELLOW-PERIOD/GATED MODE SELECT
4—BROWN-HIGH SPEED INPUT
115 VAC
115-12
POWER
-
How To Order:
SIZE
D08N
D12N
D18N
PNP Type
(source)
D08P
D12P
D18P
BLK
BLU
D12N (NPN)
Page 118 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
TYPE
NPN Type
(sink)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
PD Series
Features:
•Low Cost
Photoelectric Sensors
•Non Contact Sensing
•Various Sensing Types
•Low Power Consumption
•Shock Resistant
Accessories:
Retroreflectors and mounting brackets are available to
complete the installation of your PD Series sensor.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Specifications:
ELECTRICAL (all models)
Input voltage: 10-30 VDC (above 55°C derate to 24 VDC
at 70°C)
Power dissipation: 1W max
Response time:
Dark-to-light: 1 mS max
Light-to-dark: 1 mS max
Sensitivity adjustment: 20:1 ratio
Power on delay: <300 mS
Output type and rating:
Source and sink transistors:
Sourcing: 100 mA max
Sinking: 250 mA max (above 55°C, derate sinking output
to 120 mA max at 70°C) Off-state voltage: 30 VDC max
Off-state leakage: 10 µA max
Light/Dark Operation: When the Lt/Dk control is in the Lt
position (fully clockwise) the outputs turn on when the beam
is complete. When in the Dk position, the outputs turn on
when the beam is broken.
Alignment Indicator: LED intensity varies with signal
strength to aid alignment. LED status:
OFF: power is off
DIM: power is on, but beam is broken
BRIGHT: power is on, and beam is complete (unbroken).
Intensity varies with signal strength.
Mechanical/Environmental:
Operating temperature: -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F)
Storage temperature: -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F)
Humidity: 95% RH, noncondensing
Case material: Rigid Polyurethane
Lens material: Polycarbonate
Vibration: 30g or 0.06 in displacement, whichever is less,
from 50 Hz to 2 kHz
Shock: 100g for 3 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
Ratings: NEMA 4, 6, 13
Mounting: Side or 18 mm thru-hole (see dimensions).
Cable Length: 6 feet
Side mounting: Use #4 screws to attach the sensor to a wall
or mounting bracket. Thru-hole mounting: The sensor can
be mounted through an 18 mm (0.71 in) diameter hole using
nuts included with the sensor.
NOTE: All sensors UL and CSA approved.
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 119
sensors
Description:
The PD Series photoelectric sensors offer superior optical performance in a miniature 18 mm package. Designed
specifically for a wide variety of applications, including food
processing, packaging, and materials handling. Their miniature size makes it easy to design into any system.
The PD Series provides flawless operation in the
harshest environments. Rated NEMA 4, 6, and 13, the PD
Series keeps working in wet and high-pressure washdown
situations even under water. The PD Series is highly immune to extreme shock and vibration, and passes the NEMA
ICS 1-109 showering arc test. Even walkie-talkies won’t
interfere with it’s performance.
PD Series sensors are available in 10-30 VDC thrubeam reflex, and proximity configurations. Infrared, visiblebeam, and polarized models are available, as is a complete
line of fiber optic cables. Easy alignment is provided by a
variable intensity indicator (patents pending) on all models,
and by an additional forward-looking alignment indicator on
thru-beam models.
The unique “round and square” profile makes installation easy. It can be screwed into standard 18 mm threaded
brackets. Bulkhead mounts are mounted flush against any
surface. Electrical connections are made via an all purpose
cable.
New From KEP—Sensi Prox…
The PD Series introduces a photoelectric breakthrough:
SENSI-PROX. Unlike other proximity sensors whose signal
strengths drop off gradually, KEP’s SENSI PROX proximity
sensor has an extremely sharp cut-off. Because of this,
SENSI PROX sensors provide superior background suppression and absolute detection at precise distances.
DETECTOR
EXCESS
GAIN
100
10
1
0.1
SOURCE
BEAM COMPLETE
100
DETECTOR
OBJECT DETECTED
VISIBLE-BEAM SENSI PROX
(Diffused)
PROXIMITY
PDP02 — 10-30 VDC
This sensor has a precise gain
cut-off (from an excess gain of 20
to 1 in 150-thousandths of an
inch) which makes it ideal for
applications in which background
suppression is necessary. This
sensor also emits a visible beam
of light for easy alignment.
Maximum range: 2.25 in.
Optimum range: 0 to 2.25 in.
Detection spot diameter: 0.1 in.
at 2 in.
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
footcandles
1000
EXCESS
GAIN
100
1
0.1
1
10
RANGE IN INCHES
BEAM NOT
COMPLETE
OBJECT
DETECTED
EXCESS
GAIN
VISIBLE-BEAM REFLEX
PDR25 Series — 10-30 VDC
This sensor emits a visible beam
of light for easy alignment.
Maximum range: 25 ft.
Optimum range: 0 to 15 ft.
Field of view: 2 in. at 100 in.
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
footcandles
1
10
RANGE IN FEET
100
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
BEAM
COMPLETE
OBJECT
DETECTED
1
0.1
1
10
RANGE IN INCHES
1000
FIBER OPTIC SENSOR
PDF Series — 10-30 VDC
Special purpose sensor for use with
the plastic fiber optic cable family.
100
Fiber optic cables plug into sockets
on the front of the sensor. Sensor
operates in thru-beam or proximity
10
mode depending on the fiber optic
cable selected.
Maximum range:
1
0.65 in. for 0.04 in. fiber optic cables 0.1
in proximity mode.
6 in. for 0.04 in. fiber optic cables in
thru-beam mode.
0.3 in. for 0.02 in. fiber optic cables
in proximity mode.
1.5 in. for 0.02 in. fiber optic cables
in thru-beam mode.
1000
Field of view: Depends on fiber
optic cable selected
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
100
footcandles
EXCESS
GAIN
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
100
1000
1
10
RANGE IN INCHES
100
0.04 in. fibers
Prox Performance
Thru-Beam Performance
10
100
EXCESS
GAIN
OBJECT
DETECTED
1
0.1
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
10
BEAM NOT
COMPLETE
10
100
100
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
100
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
1000
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
1000
10
SHORT-RANGE PROXIMITY
(Diffused)
PDP08 — 10-30 VDC
Maximum range: 8.0 in.
Optimum range: 0 to 4.0 in.
Field of view: 2 in. at 5 in.
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
footcandles
sensors
1
10
RANGE IN FEET
POLARIZED
VISIBLE-BEAM REFLEX
PDR15 Series — 10-30 VDC
The polarized reflex sensor
responds only to light reflected from
a hard surface retroreflector as T3.0
or T.5. It does not respond to most
reflective tapes nor shiny objects.
This feature is important in applications where shiny objects such as
cans or bottles are to be detected.
This sensor also emits a visible
beam of light for easy alignment.
Maximum range: 15 ft.
Optimum range: 0 to 10 ft.
Field of view: 1 in. at 50 in.
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
footcandles
EXCESS
GAIN
SOURCE
1000
EXCESS
GAIN
WIDE-ANGLE THRU-BEAM
PDS 25 — 10-30 VDC source
PDD 25 — 10-30 VDC detector
Maximum range: 25 ft.
Effective beam: 0.25 in diameter
Field of view: 40 in. at 100 in.
Sunlight immunity: 10,000
footcandles
1
0.1
10
1
10
RANGE IN INCHES
100
0.02 in. fibers
Prox Performance
1
0.1
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
SOURCE/
DETECTOR
BEAM
COMPLETE
OBJECT
DETECTED
Page 120 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Thru-Beam Performance
1
10
RANGE IN FEET
100
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
HOW TO PICK THE RIGHT SENSOR
1) Most applications can be satisfied with a reflex unit, one that
sends out a light signal to bounce off a reflector back to the source.
This unit is ideal for sensing ranges from 1" to 15 ft. Use P/N PDR
Series and order a PDA T.5 or PDA T3.0 reflector.
BOX COUNTING
MODEL #
PDR25
PDA3.0
DESCRIPTION
Reflex Sensor
Retroreflector
A single reflex control detects boxes
anywhere on a four foot wide conveyer. Interfacing the control with a
KEP counter provides totals.
2) If you have shiny objects to be detected like metal cans or parts
covered in shiny shrink wrap that might accidentally act as a reflector
and trip the sensor, use the Polarized reflex unit. It works best at 1"
to 10 feet. Use a PDR15 and a hard surface target reflector.
BATCH COUNTING
AND DIVERTING
MODEL#
PDR15
PDAT3.0
DESCRIPTION
Polarized Reflex Sensor
Retroreflector
3) If you can look directly at the object to be sensed and there are
no objects to false trigger the unit, you only need to look 4 inches or
less to see the object. Use PDP08.
4) If you want to look out only 2 inches and ignore objects very close
to that range, we have a special product with total background
suppression. Use PDP02.
FILTER PAPER LENGTH
CONTROL
MODEL #
PDP02
DESCRIPTION
Sensi Prox
A fixed-focus proximity control with
the standard output interfaces with a
KEP Counter to measure a specific
length of corrugated automotive filter
5) If you have to look very far or if you are looking thru a very
smokey or dirty area, thru beam sensors are the most powerful
type of photo-electrics because the light only travels one way. It
leaves the source and is received at the detector. Of course, you
will have to buy and wire two separate units for a thru beam
application. Use PDS25 and PDD 25.
paper. The control detects the presence or absence of a corrugation. When a predetermined number of corrugations has been
detected, the Keptrol or Intellect counter closes a relay, which
directs a shear to cut the paper.
PDABA
BRACKET
1.75
1.50
0.75
.281 DIA.
1.25
.350
1.50
.312
PDD25
MRTA3
MINItrol
0.625
PDABS
SWIVEL
BRACKET
2.800
2.250
0.275
0.500
1.00
6) Now if you really have some special requirements — small space,
high temperature, intrinsic safety needs or very small object detection, use our Fiber Optic Unit. Use P/N PDF00 with appropriate fibers
ordered separately.
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Clamping
Gap
This
Side
1.64
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 121
sensors
PDS25
1.00
.312
WIRING DIAGRAMS:
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS:
PDR15
LIGHT/DARK ADJUSTMENT
PDD25
GAIN ADJUSTMENT
2.725
BEAM STATUS/
ALIGNMENT INDICATOR
2.600
0.472
0.110
0.320
DETECTOR
RED
10-30 VDC
BLK
POWER
SUPPLY
0.596
SENSOR
CIRCUITRY
ALIGNMENT
DETECTOR
SOURCE OUTPUT
SINK OUTPUT
0.25
1.00
18mm x 1.0 Thread
0.125 DIA. THRU
2 PLACES
PDF00
WHT
LIGHT/DARK ADJUSTMENT
GAIN ADJUSTMENT
GRN
2.886
2.600
0.472
0.110
0.320
0.596
0.25
1.00
18mm x 1.0 Thread
0.125 DIA. THRU
2 PLACES
PDS25
How To Order:
POWER
INDICATOR
SOURCE
EXAMPLE: PD
R
Series
Photo Detector
25
RED
10-30 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
BLK
SENSOR
CIRCUITRY
SOURCE
sensors
PDP02, PDP08, PDR15
PDR25, PDS00
DETECTOR
RED
BLK
POWER
SUPPLY
SENSOR
CIRCUITRY
SOURCE
SOURCE OUTPUT
SINK OUTPUT
WHT
GRN
Page 122 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
25
25
02
08
25
15
00
Maximum Range
0X = (in inches)
XX = (in feet)
BEAM STATUS/
ALIGNMENT INDICATOR
10-30 VDC
Style
S = Source
D = Detector
P = Prox (Sensi Prox)
PS = Prox (Short Range)
R = Reflex (Visible)
RP= Reflex (Polarized)
F = Fiber Optic
ACCESSORIES:
EXAMPLE: PDA
Series
Photo Detector Accessories
T3.0
Type
F1 = Fiber Bifurcated Reflex
78" long - cut to desired length
F2 = Fiber Thru-beam (set of 2)
78" long - cut to desired length
T3.0 = Target - round reflector 3" dia. (2 per package)
T.5 = Target - round reflector 0.5" dia. (2 per package)
TX X = Target Tape - 2" (specify length _ _)
BS = Bracket - swival
BA = Bracket - 90o angle (2 per package)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Industrial Instruments
REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS
The following is a list of replacement products. The products listed below are either obsolete, sold
for replacement only or replaced by a newer KEP product. Please call the factory for pricing or
technical information.
MTHVS
MLTHVS
HK15 (OBSOLETE; Replaced by HK17 )
T610, TR510, T603 (OBSOLETE; Replaced by H57)
QT 15 (OBSOLETE; Replaced by HK17)
KP7 (OBSOLETE; Replaced by 904K)
M16
M18
CHC
CHH
CHR
AW16
W16
ED15
MVS13
MVS16
8000 Series
Electronic Counter
Visit
www.kep.com
for datasheet
OMNI Series
Preset Counter
Visit
for datasheet
SCPS Series
Preset Counter
Visit
www.kep.com
for datasheet
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 8200-8400 Series
Electronic Timer
Visit
www.kep.com
for datasheet
OMNI Series
Preset Timer
Visit
www.kep.com
for datasheet
SCPT Series
Preset Timer
Visit
www.kep.com
for datasheet
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 123
sensors
www.kep.com
EVS15
ETSVS
ETMVS
ETHVS
E14
E16
ET SERIES
LT SERIES
ER SERIES
INT 61 (Refer to MC2 for replacement)
INT 66
INT 63 (Refer to MR2 for replacement)
INT 64 (Refer to INT69R for replacement)
INT 65 (Refer to INT69T for replacement)
L SERIES (OBSOLETE; Replaced by 521K.2)
KP6 COUNTER (OBSOLETE; Replaced by CTF5)
Industrial Instruments
ACCESSORIES
Spare Parts
ORDER NO.
Model 36120 KEPTROLBEZEL KP8CASE
TROLCLAMP
*BATCHMAINRT3L
KEPTROLDISP
DESCRIPTION
Flex Cover
Front panel bezel for KEPtrol
Case for KEPtrol
Mounting Kit (4 clamps & gasket)
KP8, KRT, BT2 Mainboard
KP8, KRT, BT2, FLO8 Display
Board
MINITROL Input Chips
ORDER NO.
DESCRIPTION
EPLDMRTIN3 High Impedance input chip for Minitrol
Up/down control input chip for Minitrol
Quadrature input chip for Minitrol
EPLDMRTIN5 EPLDMRTIN9 *PROM sold separately (see below)
KEPtrol Program Chips
DESCRIPTION
PROM for KEPtrol
PROM for Trol RS422 & RS232
DESCRIPTION
Non Keyboard Front Panel
Keyboard Front Panel
sensors
ORDER NO.
PROMKP8V1.7
PROMRSV1.0
INT69 & MINITROL ACCESSORIES
ORDER NO.
34235
34237
Page 124 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
N7 Housing
Explosion Proof Housing for
N7 Hazardous Areas
Use With the Following KEP Models:
MK Series, B Series, BVA Series, MVS Series,
KAL-D Series, 520 Series and KAT-SP Series
Description:
Most KEP series totalizers and Elapsed
Timers (less than 3.1” deep) can be factory
installed in this explosion proof housing. An optional
approved local pushbutton located on the housing
provides reset (for units with electric reset) without
violation of safety requirements. Electrical reset can
also be located at a remote station.
When safe conditions exist, the screw-on cover with
its glass window may be removed for field wiring,
maintenance or to change preset values.
The housing may be drilled and tapped to customers
requirements, up to 2” NPT. Unless otherwise
specified, housing is drilled and tapped for 1/2”
NPT as illustrated and 3/4” NPSM if reset button is
ordered.
Dimensions:
Optional
Reset Switch
5.31 (135)
1.50
(38.1)
3.75
(95.25)
5.31
(135)
Specifications:
Rating: Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F, G
Class III
6.19 (157.2)
Max. Depth Behind Panel: 3.1”
5.56
(141.2)
Max. Hight Above Panel: 0.625”
Weight of Housing: 6 lb. Max.
1.25
(31.8)
1.375
(34.9)
Optional
Reset Switch
1/2 NPT-14
1.5
(38.1)
2.50 (63.5)
Ordering Examples:
Model Housing
N7
N7
N7
Local Reset Option (R) if used
R
R
R
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 Counter Catalog Number (Use #1 or Clip Mount)
529K.2
MK18.10 24VDC 25CPS
KAT-SP
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 125
accessoriess & Replacement
1.45
(36.8)
N3, N4, N12 Housing
NEMA 3,4 or 12 Housing for
Counters/Timers
Features
• NEMA 12 - Dust and Oil Tight
• NEMA 3 - Waterproof for Outdoors
• NEMA 4 - Waterproof for Indoors
• 14-Gauge Welded Seam Construction
• For Use with MK16/18 Counters and M16/18
Timers
Description
The MK series counters and M series timers may
be supplied in the NEMA 3, 4 or 12 enclosure. The
removable covers have wide neoprene gaskets
and are held by captivated screws which thread
into sealed wells in the enclosure body. 14-gauge
welded seam construction is used for throughout.
Finish is baked blue hammertone over phosphorized
surface. The lexan window will not shatter or
discolor. The enclosure is available for MK16, MK18
series counters and M16, M18 series timers.
Dimensions:
accessoriess & Replacement
Type of Counters:
MK16.10 - 6 digit, no reset
MK18.10 - 8 digit, no reset
MK16.12 - 6 digit, push button reset
MK16.12KS - 6 digit, key reset
Type of Timers:
Mxx16.10 - 6 digit, no reset
Mxx18.10 - 8 digit, no reset
Mxx16.12 - 6 digit, push button reset
Mxx16.12KS - 6 digit, key reset
How To Order:
(add suffix to part number of counter/timer)
N-12 - NEMA 12, industrial dust and oil tight
N-3 - NEMA 3, dust tight, rain tight and
sleet & ice resistant - for outdoor use
N-4 - NEMA 4, water dust tight - for indoor
use
Page 126 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
E200
Features
Outdoor Enclosures For
Units in 1/32 DIN Cases
• Low Cost
• Compatible with all Standard 1/32 DIN
Products
• NEMA 3R (raintight) Enclosure
• Quick-Release Latches with Security Lock
Provision
• Light Weight
E200 Plastic Outdoor Enclosure
The E200 is a Plastic NEMA 3R raintight
enclosure with hinged door and latch. It offers
provisions for mounting up to four of ANY KEP
1/32 DIN sized units. The E200 also offers five
combination 1/2"-3/4" knockouts: In bottom,
sides and back for easy wiring and conduit
connections. Exterior Size: 6.5” x 10" x 3.75"
deep. Interior Size: 4.75" x 7.75" x 3" deep.
Dark grey plastic finish.
Compatible with all Standard 1/32 DIN
Products Including:
KAL D Series
KAL D Time Series
130K - 136K Series
520K - 530K Series
Dimensions:
Ordering Information
Part Number Description
6.5 (165)
E200 Enclosure with no cutout
E200 Enclosure with 1 cutout
E200 Enclosure with 2 cutouts
E200 Enclosure with 3 cutouts
E200 Enclosure with 4 cutouts
accessoriess & Replacement
10.00 (254)
E200-0 E200-1 E200-2 E200-3 E200-4
3.75 (95)
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165 II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 127
NEMAtrol
NEMA 4X/IP65 Enclosures For
'trol & 1/8 DIN Cases
Features
• Compatible with all Standard Size "trol", SUPERtrol & 1/8 DIN Products
• Meets NEMA 4X/IP65 Specs.
• Quick-Release Latches
• Light Weight
Application:
Ideal for use in most petro-chemical plants, sewage plants, food
processing areas, packing plants, electro-plating plants, etc.
Construction:
• Molded fiberglass reinforced polyester material has excellent
chemical resistance and outstanding physical properties.
• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled, filed or sawed.
• Oil-resistant gasket attached with oil-resistant adhesive.
• The enclosures have corrosion-resistant fiberglass hinges
and spring-loaded fiberglass latches attached with monel screws.
Physical
Properties
Flexural Strength
Heat Distortion
Water Absorption (24hrs.)
Tensile Strength
Specific Gravity
Flammability
Dielectric Strength
Arc Resistance
Enclosure
ASTM
ValueMethod
17,000 PSI
D-790
400° F
D-648
.5%
D-570
6,500 PSI
D-651
1.8
D-792
94-5V
UL94
400 V.P.M
D-149
180 Sec. D-495
Part Number
NEMAtrol4X
Ordering Information
(NEMA 4X enclosure for all standard 'trol units
7.365" x 2.495" cutout)
NEMAtrol 4x0 (no cutout)
NEMAtrol 4x1 (1 cutout)
NEMAtrol 4x2 (2 cutouts)
NEMAST4X (NEMA 4X enclosure for SUPERtrol series)
NEMAST 4x1 (1- 5.43” x 2.68” cutout for SUPERtrol series)
NEMAST 4x2 (2- 5.43” x 2.68” cutout for SUPERtrol series)
NEMA-1/8DIN (NEMA 4X enclosure for all 1/8 DIN size units)
NEMA-1/8DIN 4x0 (no cutout)
NEMA-1/8DIN 4x1 (1 cutout)
NEMA-1/8DIN 4x2 (2 cutouts)
accessoriess & Replacement
Dimensions:
Page 128 • Industrial Instruments • II-18
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
Installation Of Electronic Instruments
In Industrial Environments
1) Supply line
An MOV (metal oxide varistor) placed across the supply
lines at the unit often clips the high voltage spikes sufficiently
to prevent malfunction. A line filter offers added protection
(See Figure A). For areas where there are large power surges caused by switching on and off large motors, solenoids,
welders, etc. or by electronic switching of large variable speed
drives, it may be necessary to install lightening arrestors or
isolating power supplies to run the electronic equipment.
2) Relay Contact
Arc suppression is needed across inductive loads such
as solenoids, motors, or even other small relay coils driven
by relay contacts. When the contact opens, large electrical spikes are generated. These noise spike, in addition to
degrading the relay contact, can radiate off the output lines
and into sensitive areas of the equipment. The best way
to alleviate this situation is to suppress the spike at the coil
itself.
For DC powered coils a simple diode as IN4000 Series placed
across the DC coil is usually very effective (cathode-banded
side of diode connected at more positive side of coil and
anode connected to other side of coil. See Figure B.)
For AC powered coils, an MOV placed across the coil clamps
the voltage and usually eliminates the malfunction. Another
method to suppress the noise is to place a capacitor across
the coil. A .05 to .1 µF ceramic capacitor rated at 3 times
the operating voltage will slow down the rise of the spike
thus lessening harmful effects. At times a combination of
the MOV and capacitor is needed to clamp the voltage and
slow down the rise.
For AC or DC powered coils, a Resistor-Capacitor Surge
Suppressor placed across the coil will extend the life of relay
contacts and will reduce the possibility of electronic instruments being adversely affected by electrical noise. The Surge
suppressor should be connected directly on the coil terminals
of the load device being suppressed. If this is not possible,
connect the suppressor at the terminal strip closest to the load
being suppressed. The suppressor should be connected in
parallel with the inductive load.
3) RFI Noise Through The Air
If electrical noise cannot be suppressed, it is recommended that any electronic equipment be mounted away from
the relay coils, solenoids or other noise sources to avoid RFI
or EMI caused malfunction. Often it is sufficient to separate
the two by 6" to 12" but metal shielding or separate cases
may be necessary where there are strong fields from relay
coils, solenoids, welding equipment or large motors.
4) Signal Input Lines
Input signal lines should be run separately from power
lines or lines that may have large surges that may couple into
the signal lines. They should not be run in the same trough
nor bundle as power lines. It is a good practice to run these
low current signal lines through shielded cable with the shield
tied to DC ground at the source. Tying the shield to earth
ground is recommended only if there is still noise interference
after the unit is installed. As often as not, the shield connected
to ground causes as many problems as it solves. If the shield
is tied to earth ground it should be connected at one place,
ideally close to the DC ground
Kessler-Ellis Products • 800-631-2165
SupplyLineSuppression
OPT.
RFI
LINE
FILTER
AC
SUPPLY
SUPPRESSION
AT AC INPUT
CAP
MOV
ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT
Figure A
RelayContactSuppression
DC Load
+
RELAY
CONTACT
DC SUPPLY
DIODE
ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT
AC Load
LOAD
AC
SUPPLY
RELAY
CONTACT
CAP
ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT
MOV
LOAD
Figure B
Optional Arc Suppressors
Description
Diode IN4005
MOV 115 VAC
MOV 230 VAC
.05 µF @ 600V Cap
RFI Line Filter
Quencharc
KEP# Industrial Equivalent
38012
30090
30124
32013
N/A
32145
IN4000 Series
GE#V130LA10
GE#V250LA10
0.1 to 0.05 µF @ 60V Cap.
GE#1B1, Corcom#1R1
ITW 104150
II-18 • Industrial Instruments • Page 129
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement